US20050239204A1 - Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells - Google Patents
Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20050239204A1 US20050239204A1 US11/170,539 US17053905A US2005239204A1 US 20050239204 A1 US20050239204 A1 US 20050239204A1 US 17053905 A US17053905 A US 17053905A US 2005239204 A1 US2005239204 A1 US 2005239204A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- nucleic acid
- cells
- group
- alkyl
- bis
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 [6*]C1cc2cC([6*])[C@]3([H])[C@]([H])(CC([6*])[C@]4([8*])[C@@H](C([7*])C)CC[C@@]34[H])[C@@]2([8*])CC1 Chemical compound [6*]C1cc2cC([6*])[C@]3([H])[C@]([H])(CC([6*])[C@]4([8*])[C@@H](C([7*])C)CC[C@@]34[H])[C@@]2([8*])CC1 0.000 description 6
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/005—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from viruses
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
- A61K47/543—Lipids, e.g. triglycerides; Polyamines, e.g. spermine or spermidine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
- A61K47/554—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound the modifying agent being a steroid plant sterol, glycyrrhetic acid, enoxolone or bile acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/63—Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
- C12N15/64—General methods for preparing the vector, for introducing it into the cell or for selecting the vector-containing host
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/87—Introduction of foreign genetic material using processes not otherwise provided for, e.g. co-transformation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K48/00—Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2760/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses negative-sense
- C12N2760/00011—Details
- C12N2760/16011—Orthomyxoviridae
- C12N2760/16022—New viral proteins or individual genes, new structural or functional aspects of known viral proteins or genes
Definitions
- the present invention is in the field of methods for the transfer of genetic information, e.g., foreign DNA, into target cells, especially eukaryotic cells.
- the present invention relates to nonviral gene carriers comprising multifunctional molecular conjugates which include, inter alia, lipopolyamines of a particular configuration, a component which promotes endosome disruption, and a receptor specific binding component.
- multifunctional molecular conjugates which include, inter alia, lipopolyamines of a particular configuration, a component which promotes endosome disruption, and a receptor specific binding component.
- the present application is related to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/314,060 filed Sep. 28, 1994 and entitled “Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells” which is incorporated herein by reference.
- viral vectors of various types have been successfully utilized for the insertion of selected foreign genetic information into a target cell, and in the case of eukaryotic cells, for incorporation of that genetic information into the genome of the cell.
- These viral vector systems have relied upon the molecular machinery of the virus, evolved over time to surmount the significant problems facing a virus in attempting to invade, i.e., infect a cell.
- the efficiency of such viral vectors there has been continued concern regarding the safety of using viruses, particularly from the standpoint of undesired side effects.
- non-viral gene delivery systems that are as efficient as viral vectors, but with an improved safety profile.
- Nonviral vectors or carriers of the type with which the present invention is concerned, will thus have to overcome the same obstacles as a viral vector.
- the problems faced by such carriers include persistence in the biophase of the organism for a sufficient time to reach the target cell; recognition of the target cell and means for mediating transport of the genetic material through the cell membrane and into the cytoplasm of the cell; avoidance of degradation within the cell by the reticuloendothelial system; and transport to and through the nuclear membrane into the nucleus of the cell where transcription of the genetic material can take place.
- the present invention comprises a multifunctional complex, i.e., a molecular conjugate of various ligands intended to surmount specific obstacles.
- the transfer of genetic material into cells is the basis of a number of processes now widely accepted in the areas of molecular biology, gene therapy and genetic immunization. Transfer of the genetic information encoded in DNA to cells where it expresses identified individual proteins, has permitted investigation of the function of such proteins on a cellular level, and of the underlying cell physiology. Genetic material has also been transferred into cells to introduce proteins that are absent due to an inherent genetic flaw in the cell that expresses an inactive protein or else prevents expression of the protein altogether. The transfer of genetic material into cells can be used to prevent the expression of proteins in those cells through the well-known antisense effect of complementary DNA or RNA strands.
- Exogenous i.e., foreign genetic material can permit cells to synthesize significant amounts of proteins that are not available by other means in practical economic terms. These proteins of interest can be grown in a variety of host cells such as yeast, bacterial or mammalian cells. Genetic material can also be used to provide protective immune responses in vivo by injection of DNA that encodes immunogenic proteins, i.e., ones that can stimulate the desired immune response. The in vivo introduction of exogenous genetic material into cells also has potential utility in applications for the alleviation, treatment or prevention of metabolic, tumoral or infectious disorders by the same mechanisms enumerated above.
- genetic material can be introduced systemically through an intravenous or intraperitoneal injection for in vivo applications, or can be introduced to the site of action by direct injection into that area.
- DNA by itself, injected into various tissues, will enter cells and produce a protein that will elicit an immune response. See, e.g., P. Atanasiu et al., Academic des Sciences (Paris) 254, 4228-30 (1962); M. A. Israel et al., J. Virol. 29, 990-96 (1979); H. Will et al., Nature, 299, 740-42 (1982); H.
- Another approach in the art to delivery of genetic material to target cells is one that takes advantage of natural receptor-mediated endocytosis pathways that exist in such cells.
- Several cellular receptors have been identified heretofore as desirable agents by means of which it is possible to achieve the specific targeting of drugs, and especially macromolecules and molecular conjugates serving as carriers of genetic material of the type with which the present invention is concerned.
- These cellular receptors allow for specific targeting by virtue of being localized to a particular tissue or by having an enhanced avidity for, or activity in a particular tissue. See, e.g., J. L. Bodmer and R. T. Dean, Meth. Enzymol., 112, 298-306 (1985). This affords the advantages of lower doses or significantly fewer undesirable side effects.
- the asialoglycoprotein receptor present in hepatocytes.
- the asialoglycoprotein receptor is an extracellular receptor with a high affinity for galactose, especially tri-antennary oligosaccharides, i.e., those with three somewhat extended chains or spacer arms having terminal galactose residues; see, e.g., H. F. Lodish, TIBS, 16, 374-77 (1991).
- This high affinity receptor is localized to hepatocytes and is not present in Kupffer cells; allowing for a high degree of selectivity in delivery to the liver.
- An alternative method of providing cell-selective binding is to attach an entity with an ability to bind to the cell type of interest; commonly used in this respect are antibodies which can bind to specific proteins present in the cellular membranes or outer regions of the target cells.
- Alternative receptors have also been recognized as useful in facilitating the transport of macromolecules, such as biotin and folate receptors; see P. S. Low, M. A. Horn and P. F. Heinstein, World Patent Application WO 90/12095, published Oct. 18, 1990; P. S. Low, M. A. Horn and P. F. Heinstein, World Patent Application WO 90/12096, published Oct. 18, 1990; P. S. Low, M. A. Horn and P. F. Heinstein, U.S. Pat. No.
- the method consists of attaching a glycoprotein, asialoorosomucoid, to poly-lysine to provide a hepatocyte selective DNA carrier.
- the function of the poly-lysine is to bind to the DNA through ionic interactions between the positively charged (cationic) ⁇ amino groups of the lysines and the negatively charged (anionic) phosphate groups of the DNA.
- Orosomucoid is a glycoprotein which is normally present in human serum. Removal of the terminal sialic acid (N-acetyl neuraminic acid) from the branched oligosaccharides exposes terminal galactose oligosaccharides, for which hepatocyte receptors have a high affinity, as already described.
- the protein After binding to the asialoglycoprotein receptor on hepatocytes, the protein is taken into the cell by endocytosis into a pre-lysosomal endosome.
- the DNA ionically bound to the poly-lysine-asialoorosomucoid carrier, is also taken into the endosome.
- Additional work using this delivery system e.g., that done by J. M. Wilson, M. Grossman, J. A. Cabrera, C. H. Wu and G. Y. Wu, J. Biol. Chem, 267, 11483-11489 (1992), has found that partial hepatectomy improves the persistence of the expression of the DNA delivered into the hepatocytes.
- asialoglycoprotein is not required to achieve binding to the asialoglycoprotein receptor; this binding can also be accomplished with high affinity by the use of small, synthetic molecules having a similar configuration.
- the carbohydrate portion can be removed from an appropriate glycoprotein and be conjugated to other macromolecules; see, e.g., S. J. Wood and R. Wetzel, Bioconj. Chem., 3, 391-396 (1992). By this procedure the cellular receptor binding portion of the glycoprotein is removed, and the specific portion required for selective cellular binding can be transferred to another molecule.
- Biol. Chem., 258, 199-202 (1983)] are important determinants of binding potency. Reductive amination of a peptide with a branched tri-lysine amino terminus gives a ligand ending with four galactosyl residues that can be readily coupled to poly-lysine or other macromolecules; see C. Plank, K. Zatlouhal, M. Cotten, K. Mechtler and E. Wagner, Bioconj. Chem., 3, 533-539(1992); and has been used to prepare DNA constructs.
- Thiopropionate and thiohexanoate glycosidic derivatives of galactose have been prepared and linked to L-lysyl-L-lysine to form a synthetic tri-antennary galactose derivative.
- a bisacridine spermidine derivative containing this synthetic tri-antennary galactose has been used to target DNA to hepatocytes; see F. C. Szoka, Jr and J. Haensler, World Pat Application WO 93/19768, published Oct. 14, 1993; and J. Haensler and F. C. Szoka, Jr., Bioconj. Chem., 4, 85-93 (1993).
- poly-lysine to facilitate DNA entry into cells is significantly enhanced if the poly-lysine is chemically modified with hydrophobic appendages; see X. Zhou and L. Huang, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1189, 195-203 (1994); complexed with cationic lipids; see K. D. Mack, R. Walzem and J. B. Zeldis, Am. J. Med. Sci., 307, 138-143 (1994) or associated with viruses. Many viruses infect specific cells by receptor mediated binding and insertion of the viral DNA/RNA into the cell; and thus this action of the virus is similar to the facilitated entry of DNA described above.
- Replication-incompetent adenovirus has been used to enhance the entry of transferrin-poly-lysine complexed DNA into cells; see D. T. Curiel, S. Agarwal, E. Wagner and M. Cotten, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 88, 8850-8854 (1991); E. Wagner, K. Zatloukal, M. Cotten, H. Kirlappos, K. Mechtler, D. T. Curiel and M. L. Birnstiel, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 6099-6103 (1992); M. Cotten, E. Wagner, K. Zatloukal, S. Phillips, D. T. Curiel and M. L.
- the adenovirus enhances the entry of the poly-lysine-transferrin DNA complex when covalently attached to the poly-lysine and when attached through an antibody binding site. There does not need to be a direct attachment of the adenovirus to the poly-lysine-transferrin-DNA complex, and it can facilitate the entry of the complex when present as a simple mixture.
- the poly-lysine transferrin-DNA complex provides receptor specific binding to the cells and is internalized into endosomes along with the DNA. Once inside the endosomes, the adenovirus facilitates entry of the DNA/transferrin-poly-lysine complex into the cell by disruption of the endosomal compartment with subsequent release of the DNA into the cytoplasm. Replication-incompetent adenovirus has also been used to enhance the entry of uncomplexed DNA plasmids into cells without the benefit of the cell receptor selectivity conferred by the poly-lysine-transferrin complex; see K. Yoshimura, M. A. Rosenfeld, P. Seth and R. G. Crystal, J. Biol. Chem., 268, 2300-2303 (1993).
- Synthetic peptides such as the N-terminus region of the influenza hemagglutinin protein are known to destabilize membranes and are known as fusogenic peptides.
- Conjugates containing the influenza fusogenic peptide coupled to poly-lysine together with a peptide having a branched tri-lysine amino terminus ligand ending with four galactosyl residues have been prepared as facilitators of DNA entry into hepatocytes; see C. Plank, K. Zatlouhal, M. Cotten, K. Mechtler and E. Wagner, Bioconj. Chem., 3, 533-539 (1992).
- conjugates combine the asialoglycoprotein receptor mediated binding conferred by the tetra-galactose peptide, the endosomal disrupting abilities of the influenza fusogenic peptide, and the DNA binding of the poly-lysine.
- conjugates deliver DNA into the cell by a combination of receptor mediated uptake and internalization into endosomes. This internalization is followed by disruption of the endosomes by the influenza fusogenic peptide to release the DNA into the cytoplasm.
- the influenza fusogenic peptide can be attached to poly-lysine and mixed with the transferrin-poly-lysine complex to provide a similar DNA carrier selective for cells carrying the transferrin receptor; see E. Wagner, C. Plank, K.
- the cationic amphipathic peptide gramicidin S can facilitate entry of DNA into cells [J. Y. Legendre and F. C. Szoka, Jr., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 90, 893-897 (1993)], but also requires a phospholipid to achieve significant transfer of DNA.
- Poly-lysine is not unique in providing a polycationic framework for the entry of DNA into cells.
- DEAE-dextran has also been shown to be effective in promoting RNA and DNA entry into cells; see R. Juliano and E. Mayhew, Exp. Cell. Res. 73, 3-12 (1972); and E. Mayhew and R. Juliano, Exp. Cell. Res. 77, 409-414 (1973).
- a dendritic cascade co-polymer of ethylenediamine and methyl acrylate has been shown to be useful in providing a carrier of DNA which facilitates entry into cells; see J. Haensler and F. C. Szoka, Jr., Bioconj. Chem., 4, 372-379 (1993).
- alkylated polyvinylpyridine polymer has also been used to facilitate DNA entry into cells; see A. V. Kabanov, I. V. Astafieva, I. V. Maksimova, E. M. Lukanidin, G. P. Georgiev and V. A. Kabanov, Bioconj. Chem., 4, 448-454 (1993).
- Positively charged liposomes have also been widely used as carriers of DNA which facilitate entry into cells; see, e.g., F. C. Szoka, Jr. and J. Haensler, World Pat Application WO 93/19768, published Oct. 14, 1993; R. J. Debs and N. Zhu, World Patent Application WO 93/24640, published Dec. 9, 1993; P. L. Felgner, R. Kumar, C. Basava, R. C. Border and J. Y. Hwang-Felgner, World Patent Application WO 91/16024, published Oct. 31, 1991; P. L. Felgner and G. M. Ringold, Nature, 337, 387-388 (1989); J. K. Rose, L. Buonocore and M.
- a poly-cationic lipid has been prepared by coupling dioctadecylamidoglycine and dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine to a 5-carboxyspermine; see J. P. Behr, B. Demeniex, J. P. Loeffler and J. Perez-Mutul, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 86, 6982-6986 (1989); F. Barthel, J. S. Remy, J. P. Loeffler and J. P. Behr, DNA and Cell Biol., 12, 553-560 (1993); J. P. Loeffler and J. P. Behr, Meth. Enzymol., 217, 599-618 (1993); J. P. Behr and J. P. Loeffler, U.S. Pat. No. 5,171,678, Dec. 15, 1992.
- These lipophilic-spermines are very active in transferring DNA through cellular membranes.
- Combinations of lipids have been used to facilitate the transfer of nucleic acids into cells.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,185 there is disclosed such a method which utilizes a mixed lipid dispersion of a cationic lipid with a co-lipid in a suitable solvent.
- the lipid has a structure which includes a lipophilic group derived from cholesterol, a linker bond, a linear alkyl spacer arm, and a cationic amino group; and the co-lipid is phosphatidylcholine or phosphatidylethanolamine.
- Macrophages have receptors for both mannose and mannose-6-phosphate which can bind to and internalize molecules displaying these sugars.
- the molecules are internalized by endocytosis into a pre-lysosomal endosome. This internalization has been used to enhance entry of oligonucleotides into macrophages using bovine serum albumin modified with mannose-6-phosphate and linked to an oligodeoxynucleotide by a disulfide bridge to a modified 3′ end; see E. Bonfils, C. Depierreux, P. Midoux, N. T. Thuong, M. Monsigny and A. C. Roche, Nucl. Acids Res. 20, 4621-4629 (1992).
- oligodeoxynucleotides modified at the 3′ end with biotin were combined with mannose-modified streptavidin, and were also found to have facilitated entry into macrophages; see E. Bonfils, C. Mendes, A. C. Roche, M. Monsigny and P. Midoux, Bioconj. Chem., 3, 277-284 (1992).
- the present invention relates to a multifunctional molecular complex for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to a target cell comprising in any functional combination: 1) said nucleic acid composition; 2) one or more cationic polyamine components bound to said nucleic acid composition, each comprising from three to twelve nitrogen atoms; 3) one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components attached to at least one nitrogen atom of at least one of said polyamine components, through an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl bridging group, comprising a) at least one lipophilic long chain alkyl group, b) a fusogenic peptide comprising spike glycoproteins of enveloped animal viruses, or c) cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivatives; and optionally 4) one or more receptor specific binding components which are ligands for natural receptors of said target cell, attached through an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl bri
- the present invention further relates to a self-assembling delivery system for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to a target cell comprising the following separate components capable of being brought together and chemically joined into a molecular complex by simple mixing: A) said nucleic acid composition to be transferred; and B) a delivery vehicle, referred to herein as the “transfer moiety”, comprising a) one or more cationic polyamine components which will bind, i.e., which are capable of being bound to said nucleic acid composition, each comprising from three to twelve nitrogen atoms; b) one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components attached to at least one nitrogen atom of at least one of said polyamine components, through an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl bridging group, comprising i) at least one lipophilic long chain alkyl group, ii) a fusogenic peptide comprising spike glycoproteins of enveloped animal viruses, or iii) c
- the present invention also includes the transfer moiety, described in detail immediately above, as a separate composition of matter.
- the present invention also relates to a method for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to target cells on an in vitro basis.
- the method comprises the step of contacting said target cells with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes said nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby transferring to said cells, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that either encodes a desired peptide or protein, or serves as a template for functional nucleic acid molecules.
- the desired protein or functional nucleic acid molecule may be any product of industrial, commercial or scientific interest, e.g., therapeutic agents including vaccines; foodstuffs and nutritional supplements; compounds of agricultural significance such as herbicides and plant growth regulants, insecticides, miticides, rodenticides, and fungicides; compounds useful in animal health such as parasiticides including nematocides; and so forth.
- the target cells are typically cultures of host cells comprising microoganism cells such as bacteria and yeast, but may also include plant and mammalian cells. The cell cultures are maintained in accordance with fermentation techniques well known in the art, which maximize production of the desired protein or functional nucleic acid molecule, and the fermentation products are harvested and purified by known methods.
- the present invention further relates to a method for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to the cells of an individual.
- the method comprises the step of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes said nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby administering to the cells, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that either encodes a desired peptide or protein, or serves as a template for functional nucleic acid molecules.
- the nucleic acid molecule is administered free from retroviral particles.
- the desired protein may either be a protein which functions within the individual or serves to initiate an immune response.
- the nucleic acid molecule may be administered to the cells of said individual on either an in vivo or ex vivo basis, i.e., the contact with the cells of the individual may take place within the body of the individual in accordance with the procedures which are most typically employed, or the contact with the cells of the individual may take place outside the body of the individual by withdrawing cells which it is desired to treat from the body of the individual by various suitable means, followed by contacting of said cells with said nucleic acid molecule, followed in turn by return of said cells to the body of said individual.
- the present invention also concerns a method of immunizing an individual against a pathogen.
- the method comprises the step of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes a nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby administering to the cells, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide which comprises at least an epitope identical to, or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on said pathogen as antigen, and said nucleotide sequence is operatively linked to regulatory sequences.
- the nucleic acid molecule is capable of being expressed in the cells of the individual.
- the present invention relates to methods of immunizing an individual against a hyperproliferative disease or an autoimmune disease.
- the methods comprise the step of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes a nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby administering to cells of the individual, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide that comprises at least an epitope identical to or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on a hyperproliferative disease-associated protein or an autoimmune disease-associated protein, respectively, and is operatively linked to regulatory sequences.
- the nucleic acid molecule being capable of being expressed in the cells.
- the present invention also relates to methods of treating an individual suffering from an autoimmune disease comprising the steps of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes a nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby administering to cells of said individual, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence which restores the activity of an absent, defective or inhibited gene, or which encodes a protein that produces a therapeutic effect in the individual, and is operatively linked to regulatory sequences; the nucleic acid molecule being capable of being expressed in said cells.
- the present invention still further relates to pharmaceutical compositions which comprise a multifunctional molecular complex which includes a nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, including pharmaceutically acceptable salt and ester forms of said molecular complex, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical kits which comprise a container comprising a nucleic acid composition, and a container comprising a transfer moiety.
- excipients, carriers, preservatives and vehicles such as solvents.
- a multifunctional molecular complex for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to a target cell, which provides for a high level of transfection and expression of the nucleic acid molecules in the target, i.e., host cell.
- This multifunctional molecular complex comprises essentially the combination of two key elements, (I) the nucleic acid composition which it is desired to transfer to the target cell, and (II) the transfer moiety, which complexes with the nucleic acid molecule, and comprises several components whose function is i) to locate the desired target cell within the body of an individual by means of a receptor specific binding component responsive to a specific receptor on the membrane surface of said target cell; ii) to overcome the incompatibility arising from the hydrophilic nature of the nucleic acid molecule and the lipophilic nature of the cell membrane so that the former can pass through the latter; and iii) to prevent degradation of the nucleic acid molecule in a lysosome of said target cell, by disrupting the pre-lysosome, endosome formation stage, which is accomplished by means of an endosome membrane disrupting component which permits the multifunctional molecular complex to escape from an endosome formed as a result of the target cell's process of endocytosis or pinocytos
- the components of the transfer moiety are as follows: A) a cationic polyamine component bound to said nucleic acid composition, comprising from three to twelve nitrogen atoms; B) an endosome membrane disruption promoting component comprising at least one lipophilic long chain alkyl group attached to a nitrogen atom of said polyamine, or a shorter alkyl bridging group having a terminal carboxyl, amino, hydroxyl or sulfhydryl group to which there is attached a fusogenic peptide, or cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivative; and optionally C) one or more receptor specific binding components which are ligands for natural receptors of said target cell, attached to a shorter alkyl bridging group attached to a further nitrogen atom of said polyamine, through said terminal group thereof.
- the transfer moiety may be represented as one or more independently selected cationic polyamine components of the formula (1): NR(R 3 )—[—(CR 1 R 2 ) m —N(R 3 )—] n 13 (CR 1 R 2 ) m —NR(R 3 ) (1) wherein:
- nucleic acid composition any one or more of the group of compounds in which one or more molecules of phosphoric acid are combined with carbohydrate, i.e., pentose or hexose, molecules, which are in turn combined with bases derived from purine, e.g., adenine, and from pyrimidine, e.g., thymine.
- nucleic acid molecules include genomic deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and genomic ribonucleic acid (RNA), as well as the several different forms of the latter, e.g., messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA (tRNA), and ribosomal RNA (rRNA). Also included are the different DNA's which are complementary (cDNA) to the different RNA's. Synthesized DNA or a hybrid thereof with naturally occurring DNA, is contemplated.
- DNA genomic deoxyribonucleic acid
- RNA genomic ribonucleic acid
- mRNA messenger RNA
- tRNA transfer RNA
- rRNA ribosomal RNA
- the nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention may be either single-stranded or double-stranded, may be linear or circular, e.g., a plasmid, and are either oligo- or polynucleotides. They may comprise as few as 15 bases or base pairs, or may include as many as 20 thousand bases or base pairs (20 kb). Since the transfer moiety is employed on a pro rata basis when added to the nucleic acid composition, practical considerations of physical transport will largely govern the upper limit on the size of nucleic acid compositions which can be utilized.
- nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention can also include synthetic compositions, i.e., nucleic acid analogs. These have been found to be particularly useful in antisense methodology, which is the complementary hybridization of relatively short oligonucleotides to single-stranded RNA or single-stranded DNA, such that the normal, essential functions of these intracellular nucleic acids are disrupted. See, e.g., Cohen, Oligonucleotides: Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression , CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla. (1989).
- the size, nature and specific sequence of the nucleic acid composition to be transferred to the target cell can be optimized for the particular application for which it is intended, and such optimization is well within the skill of the artisan in this field.
- the nature of the target cells within the individual into which it is desired to transfer a nucleic acid composition may have a significant bearing on the choice of the particular multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention.
- nucleic acid molecules to target cells by injecting them intramuscularly to evoke an immune response
- this transfer can be effected by use of a multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention, as defined above, comprising a cationic polyamine to which is attached, as the endosome membrane disruption promoting component, a lipophilic long chain alkyl group as defined above.
- the target cells are hepatocytes
- transfer of the desired nucleic acid composition is readily effected by use of the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention wherein there is attached to the cationic polyamine a receptor specific binding component which will permit discrimination among body cells, comprising, e.g., N 2 ,N 6 -bis( ⁇ -3′-propionyl galactosyl- ⁇ 1-4-thioglucoside)lysine, or N 2 ,N 6 -bis( ⁇ -3′-propionyl galactosyl- ⁇ 1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N 6 -( ⁇ -3′-propionyl galactosyl- ⁇ 1-4-thioglucoside)lysine.
- a receptor specific binding component which will permit discrimination among body cells, comprising, e.g., N 2 ,N 6 -bis( ⁇ -3′-propionyl galactosyl- ⁇ 1-4-thioglucoside)lysine, or N 2
- nucleic acid composition to be transferred to a target cell in accordance with the present invention must have an appropriate open reading frame and promoter to express a protein, as well as any other regulatory sequences which may be appropriate to expression.
- Nucleic acid compositions to be delivered by means of the methods of the present invention can be designed and constructed so as to be appropriate for the particular application desired, all of which is well within the ordinary skill of the artisan in this field.
- the nucleic acid molecules which are delivered to cells using the multifunctional molecular complex and methods of the present invention may serve as: 1) genetic templates for proteins that function as prophylactic and/or therapeutic immunizing agents; 2) replacement copies of defective, missing or non-functioning genes; 3) genetic templates for therapeutic proteins; 4) genetic templates for antisense molecules and as antisense molecules per se; or 5) genetic templates for ribozymes.
- nucleic acid molecules which encode proteins preferably comprise the necessary regulatory sequences for transcription and translation in the target cells of the individual animal to which they are delivered.
- nucleic acid molecules which serve as templates for antisense molecules and ribozymes
- nucleic acid molecules are preferably linked to regulatory elements necessary for production of sufficient copies of the antisense and ribozyme molecules encoded thereby respectively.
- the nucleic acid molecules are free from retroviral particles and are preferably provided as DNA in the form of plasmids.
- the core, or backbone of the transfer moiety is the cationic polyamine, containing between 3 and 12 amines. There may be more than one of these cationic polyamine components, whose function is to overcome the incompatibility arising from the hydrophilic nature of the nucleic acid molecule and the lipophilic nature of the cell membrane, although this by itself will not permit the former to pass through the latter.
- the cationic groups of the polyamine bind to the anionic groups of the nucleic acid through ionic bonding, thus neutralizing those charges and also serving as a point of attachment for the complex.
- One ⁇ g of DNA contains 3.1 nanomoles of phosphate anionic charges, assuming a mean molecular weight of 325 for a nucleotide sodium salt.
- the transfer moiety of the present invention will not become effective in achieving transfer of the nucleic acid composition until the anionic charges of said nucleic acid are substantially neutralized by the cationic charges of the polyamine component of the transfer moiety.
- a single cationic polyamine can be employed which, conceptually, balances the anionic charges of the nucleic acid in a more or less stoichiometric fashion, although it will be understood that, as a practical matter, it will be necessary to employ amounts of cationic polyamine which are significantly in excess of the stoichiometric amount, because of the presence of competing binding sites in target and other cells, whose existence is well known to the artisan and which competitively prevent or otherwise interfere with the binding of the polyamine to the nucleic acid as desired. It is also contemplated that more than one such cationic polyamine can be employed, in which case each polyamine chain or piece is smaller than the corresponding nucleic acid to which it will become bound.
- the total size or length of these individual cationic polyamine components should together be substantially the same size or length as the nucleic acid component, in order for neutralization of the anionic charges of the nucleic acid to take place. Again, it will be understood that for practical reasons, a significant excess of cationic polyamine components, over the amount of nucleic acid component present, will be necessary.
- Using more than one cationic polyamine component permits flexibility with respect to the types of groups that are attached thereto. For example, one cationic polyamine component may carry a particular endosome membrane disruption promoting component, while another cationic polyamine component carries a receptor specific binding component, or perhaps a different endosome membrane disruption promoting component. The total number of such cationic polyamine components is variable, and will depend not only on the size or length of the nucleic acid component, but on the number and type of groups attached thereto as well.
- Transfer efficiency i.e., transfection
- the amount of transfer moiety must be selected with this in mind, and the actual amount chosen be depend on the charge density thereof, which can be calculated by means well known in the art.
- the triamine, tetraamine, pentaamine and higher polyamine components of the transfer moiety must be cationic in order to be functional, as explained above. This can be accomplished by the simple expedient of making an acid addition salt, e.g., the hydrochloride salt, where ammonium chloride units are formed. It may also be the case that the cationic form of the polyamine is formed under conditions of physiologic pH, in which case it is not necessary to form the cation directly. Thus, the term “cationic polyamine” is intended to include both of these possibilities.
- the number of amine groups that it is desired to have present in the polyamine will depend to some extent on the mode of administration of the multifunctional molecular complex that is used. For example, it is contemplated that for intramuscular administration, it is preferred to have from 3 to 5 amine groups in the polyamine; whereas, for systemic injection, e.g., intravenous injection, it is preferred to have from 5 to 8 amine goups in the polyamine. For in vitro applications generally, it is preferred to have from 5 to 8 amine groups in the polyamine.
- the next component of the transfer moiety is the endosome membrane disruption promoting component, which is required to be present.
- This can either comprise one or more lipophilic long chain alkyl groups attached through one or more of the nitrogen atoms of said polyamine, or can comprise a bridging group “B”, e.g., a shorter alkyl linking moiety, optionally with a terminal amino, hydroxyl or sulfhydryl group, through which there is attached a fusogenic peptide, or cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivative compound.
- the lipophilic long chain alkyl group is defined by the formula: —B—(CR 1 R 2 ) j —C(R) 3 , where B is a bridging group as defined; R, R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl; and j is an integer from 6 to 24 inclusive, preferably 8 to 18, more preferably 8 to 12 inclusive.
- the group “—B—” may be absent, i.e., a single bond, where R 3 is the endosome membrane disruption promoting component comprising a lipophilic long chain alkyl group as defined under “a)” above.
- the group “—B—” may also be a bridging element which is a member independently selected from the group consisting of:
- the bridging group “B” is required to be present, and will be a member independently selected from the group i) through v) above. This selection will be dependent upon the required or desired type of chemical linkage to be present.
- members i) and iv) are carboxamide linkages
- members ii) and iii) are carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl linkages, depending upon whether “Z” is O, S or absent, respectively.
- the linkages will be oxy, thio, amino, or alkylene, depending upon whether “X” is O, S, N(R), or absent, respectively.
- the endosome membrane disruption promoting component may have a carbonyl, amino, or some other terminal group, which can determine the choice of bridging member to be used. All such choices, however, are well within the skill of the artisan in this field.
- the bridging group can be an alkylene linking moiety used primarily for steric considerations.
- the other bridging groups may also be desirable for imparting various physical and chemical, as well as configurational properties to the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention.
- the polyethylene glycol group can be especially useful in this regard.
- C 1-6 alkyl refers to straight and branched chain alkyl groups including, but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, and n-pentyl.
- R, R 1 and R 2 are all hydrogen, and, as indicated that j be an integer from 8 to 18 inclusive. There must be at least one of these lipophilic long chain alkyl groups present, but preferably there are no more than three such groups present. It is preferred to have only one such group.
- examples of preferred transfer moieties of the present invention where the endosome membrane disruption promoting component is a lipophilic long chain alkyl group as described above, are N 4 -octylspermidine, N 4 -dodecylspermidine, N 4 -octadecylspermidine, N 4 -octylspermine, N 4 -dodecylspermine, and N 4 -octadecylspermine.
- the endosome membrane disruption promoting component can also comprise a shorter alkyl bridging group, optionally having a terminal amino, hydroxyl or sulfhydryl group through which there is attached a fusogenic peptide, or cholesterol or derivative compound.
- a component may be represented by the formula —B—(R 4 )R, where the B group is —(CR 1 R 2 ) j′ -x-, where R, R 1 and R 1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl; j′ is an integer from 1 to 6 inclusive, preferably 2 to 4 inclusive; X is O, S, N(R), or absent.
- R, R 1 and R 2 each be hydrogen, and as indicated, that j′ be 2 to 4, while X is defined as N.
- the shorter alkyl bridging group will preferably be ethyl, n-propyl, or n-butyl, and will have a terminal amino group to which is attached the fusogenic peptide, or cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivative compound, which comprises the endosome membrane disruption promoting component.
- member i) provides an alkyl bridging moiety with a carboxamide linkage, the most simple representative of which would be the group —(CH 2 )—C( ⁇ O)—NH—.
- member ii) provides an alkylene bridging moiety with a carbamate type of linkage; and the most simple representative of this member would be the group —(CH 2 )—NH—C( ⁇ O)—, which is a carbamoyl type of linkage.
- a carbamate linkage would be represented by the group —(CH 2 )—NH—C( ⁇ O)—O—, while a simple variant of this group would provide a thiocarbamate linkage: —(CH 2 )—NH—C( ⁇ O)—S—.
- Members iii) and iv) provide the same terminal linkage variants, while adding to the alkyl bridging moiety a polyethylene glycol bridging moiety of variable size, i.e., number of repeating ethylene oxide monomer units, depending upon the definitions of “1” and “p”.
- the fusogenic peptide which functions as an endosome membrane disruption promoting component comprises the spike glycoproteins of enveloped animal viruses known in the art.
- Membrane fusion whether planar or annular, comprises the stages of initial approach, coalescence, and separation. Fusion reactions are rapid, highly specific, and non-leaky.
- the membrane proteins of enveloped animal viruses comprise glycoproteins which span the bilayer of the virus membrane and have the bulk of their mass externally, and non-spanning, nonglycosylated proteins associated with the inner bilayer surface. The glycoproteins form radial projections on the surface of the virus membrane, and these spike glycoproteins play a key role in virus entry into host cells. Spike glycoproteins are among the best-characterized virus membrane proteins.
- the spike glycoproteins are responsible for attachment of the virus particle to the cell surface, and for penetration of the nucleocapsid into the cytosol, where, after endocytosis of the virus particle, the spike glycoproteins play a role in fusion with the limiting membrane of the endosome, whereby the nucleocapsid reenters the cytosol.
- the spike glycoproteins take on a specialized character, e.g., in orthomyxoviruses, where one is a neuraminidase and another is a haemagglutinin.
- fusogenic peptides and homologues derived from spike glycoproteins of enveloped viruses include the following peptide sequences reading from N-terminus to C-terminus:
- cholic acid and derivatives which function as endosome membrane disruption promoting components comprise compounds of the formula (2): where:
- cholesteryl and derivatives which function as endosome membrane disruption promoting components comprise compounds of the formula (3):
- An optional embodiment of the present invention is to provide for a receptor specific binding component which helps effect transfer of nucleic acid compositions to target cells, especially eukaryotic cells, by taking advantage of the natural receptor-mediated endocytosis pathways which exist in those cells.
- the receptor specific binding component is thus a ligand for the natural receptor, and can thus assist in binding of the multifunctional molecular complex to the target cell. Endocytosis or pinocytosis will then take place whereby the entire complex is transferred into the target cell, enclosed in an endosome.
- the receptor specific binding component serves the important function of allowing the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention to be targeted to specific cell populations, e.g., hepatocytes.
- the binding component facilitates location of the desired target cells within the body of the animal to which the complex is being administered, with subsequent attachment of the complex to the target cells.
- the receptor specific binding component there will also be present on the multifunctional molecular complex an endosome membrane disruption promoting component, as defined further above. Accordingly, once the binding component has located the desired target cell within the individual, and attached the complex to said cell by binding to said receptor, the complex will be transferred into said cell by endocytosis, whereupon it will be enclosed within an endosome. At this point, the endosome membrane disruption promoting component assumes its important role by disrupting said membrane, allowing escape of the complex into the cytoplasm of said cell.
- the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention would suffer the same fate, were it not for the presence of the endosome membrane disruption promoting component. This component permits the complex to escape from the endosome, whereupon it can migrate into the nucleus of the target cell, and release the nucleic acid composition, whose genetic information can then be transcribed within said nucleus. Although the precise mechanisms which make up these steps and pathways are not well understood, expression of the nucleic acid molecule contained in the multifunctional molecular complex does take place, as is demonstrated in the working examples further below.
- the receptor specific binding component may be represented by the formula: —B—(R 5 )R, where R, R 1 and R 2 are each independently hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl; B may be, inter alia, —(C R 1 R 2 ) j′ —X—, where R 1 and R 2 are as defined above, X is N(R), and j′ is an integer from 1 to 6 inclusive, preferably 2 to 4 inclusive; and R 5 is a receptor specific binding component independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R, R 1 and R 2 each be hydrogen, and as indicated, that j′ be 2 to 6.
- the shorter alkyl bridging group will preferably be ethyl, n-propyl, or n-butyl, and the receptor specific binding component is attached to the terminal amino group.
- the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention for transfer of nucleic acid compositions to a target cell.
- This complex includes the transfer moiety as a separate, distinct embodiment of the present invention. Further aspects of the present invention relate to the methods of using the multifunctional molecular complex.
- a method for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to target cells on an in vitro basis target cells are contacted with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes said nucleic acid composition.
- the target cells have been isolated from an individual, and all of the cells are thus of the same type, and it is not necessary, therefore, for the complex to include a receptor specific binding component.
- An especially preferred embodiment is one in which a microorganism culture is maintained under fermentation conditions, and a protein product is expressed by the microorganism as a result of the transfer thereto of nucleic acid compositions using the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention. The protein product is isolated and purified.
- a single type of target cell is involved, so that it is not necessary that a receptor specific binding component be present.
- This method provides for transfer to target cells of a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that either encodes a desired peptide or protein, or serves as a template for functional nucleic acid molecules.
- the desired protein or functional nucleic acid molecule may be any product of industrial, commercial or scientific interest, e.g., therapeutic agents including vaccines; foodstuffs and nutritional supplements; compounds of agricultural significance such as herbicides and plant growth regulants, insecticides, miticides, rodenticides, and fungicides; compounds useful in animal health such as parasiticides including nematocides; and so forth.
- the target cells are typically cultures of host cells comprising microoganism cells such as bacteria and yeast, but may also include plant and mammalian cells. The cell cultures are maintained in accordance with fermentation techniques well known in the art, which maximize production of the desired protein or functional nucleic acid molecule, and the fermentation products are harvested and purified by known methods.
- the present invention further relates to a method for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to the cells of an individual in an in vivo manner.
- the method comprises the step of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention, which includes said nucleic acid composition.
- the nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence that either encodes a desired peptide or protein, or serves as a template for functional nucleic acid molecules.
- the nucleic acid molecule is administered free from retroviral particles.
- the desired protein may either be a protein which functions within the individual or serves to initiate an immune response.
- the nucleic acid molecule may be administered to the cells of said individual on either an in vivo or ex vivo basis, i.e., the contact with the cells of the individual may take place within the body of the individual in accordance with the procedures which are most typically employed, or the contact with the cells of the individual may take place outside the body of the individual by withdrawing cells which it is desired to treat from the body of the individual by various suitable means, followed by contacting of said cells with said nucleic acid molecule, followed in turn by return of said cells to the body of said individual.
- the method of transferring a nucleic acid composition to the cells of an individual provided by the present invention includes particularly a method of immunizing an individual against a pathogen.
- the nucleic acid composition administered to said cells comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide which comprises at least an epitope identical to, or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on said pathogen as antigen, and said nucleotide sequence is operatively linked to regulatory sequences.
- the nucleic acid molecule must, of course, be capable of being expressed in the cells of the individual.
- the method of transferring a nucleic acid composition to the cells of an individual provided by the present invention further includes methods of immunizing an individual against a hyperproliferative disease or an autoimmune disease.
- the nucleic acid composition which is administered to the cells of the individual comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide that comprises at least an epitope identical to or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on a hyperproliferative disease-associated protein or an autoimmune disease-associated protein, respectively, and is operatively linked to regulatory sequences.
- the nucleic acid molecule must be capable of being expressed in the cells of the individual.
- a multifunctional molecular complex including a nucleic acid composition in which the cells of said individual are contacted with a multifunctional molecular complex including a nucleic acid composition, thereby administering a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence which restores the activity of an absent, defective or inhibited gene, or which encodes a protein that produces a therapeutic effect in said individual, and is operatively linked to regulatory sequences; the nucleic acid molecule being capable of being expressed in said cells.
- the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions which comprise the multifunctional molecular complex including a nucleic acid composition, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salt and ester forms of said molecular complex, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- kits which comprise a container comprising a nucleic acid composition, and a container comprising a transfer moiety, as described herein.
- excipients, carriers, preservatives and vehicles such as solvents.
- the present invention provides compositions and methods which prophylactically and/or therapeutically immunize an individual against a pathogen or abnormal, disease-related cell.
- the genetic material encodes a peptide or protein that shares at least an epitope with an immunogenic protein found on the pathogen or cells to be targeted.
- the genetic material is expressed by the individual's cells and serves as an immunogenic target against which an immune response is elicited.
- the resulting immune response is broad based: in addition to a humoral immune response, both arms of the cellular immune response are elicited.
- the methods of the present invention are useful for conferring prophylactic and therapeutic immunity.
- a method of immunizing includes both methods of protecting an individual from pathogen challenge, or occurrence or proliferation of specific cells, as well as methods of treating an individual suffering from pathogen infection, hyperproliferative disease or autoimmune disease.
- the present invention is useful to elicit broad immune responses against a target protein, i.e. proteins specifically associated with pathogens or the individual's own “abnormal” cells.
- the present invention is also useful in combating hyperproliferative diseases and disorders such as cancer, by eliciting an immune response against a target protein that is specifically associated with the hyperproliferative cells.
- the present invention is further useful in combating autoimmune diseases and disorders by eliciting an immune response against a target protein that is specifically associated with cells involved in the autoimmune condition.
- compositions and methods for introducing nucleic acid molecules into the cells of an individual which are exogenous copies of genes which either correspond to defective, missing, non-functioning or partially functioning genes in the individual, or which encode therapeutic proteins, i.e., proteins whose presence in the individual will eliminate a deficiency in the individual and/or whose presence will provide a therapeutic effect on the individual.
- therapeutic proteins i.e., proteins whose presence in the individual will eliminate a deficiency in the individual and/or whose presence will provide a therapeutic effect on the individual.
- the term “desired protein” is intended to refer to peptides and proteins encoded by gene constructs used in the present invention, which either act as target proteins for an immune response, or as a therapeutic or compensating protein in gene therapy regimens.
- DNA or RNA that encodes a desired protein is introduced into the cells of an individual where it is expressed, thus producing the desired protein.
- the nucleic acid composition e.g., DNA or RNA encoding the desired protein is linked to regulatory elements necessary for expression in the cells of the individual. Regulatory elements for DNA expression include a promoter and a polyadenylation signal. In addition, other elements, such as a Kozak region, may also be included in the nucleic acid composition.
- nucleic acid composition refers to the DNA or RNA, or other nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence which encodes the desired protein, and which includes initiation and termination signals operably linked to regulatory elements including a promoter and polyadenylation signal capable of directing expression in the cells of the individual to which the construct is administered.
- the term “expressible form” refers to gene constructs which contain the necessary regulatory elements operably linked to a coding sequence that encodes a target protein, such that when present in the cell of the individual, the coding sequence will be expressed.
- the term “genetic vaccine” refers to a pharmaceutical preparation that comprises a nucleic acid composition that comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a target protein, including pharmaceutical preparations useful to invoke a therapeutic immune response.
- genetic therapeutic refers to a pharmaceutical preparation that comprises a nucleic acid composition that comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a therapeutic or compensating protein.
- a genetic therapeutic may encode antisense sequences which inhibit undesired gene expression.
- genetic therapeutics may encode ribozymes.
- target protein refers to a protein against which an immune response can be elicited.
- the target protein is an immunogenic protein which shares at least an epitope with a protein from the pathogen or undesirable cell-type, such as a cancer cell or a cell involved in autoimmune disease, against which immunization is required.
- the immune response directed against the target protein will protect the individual against, and treat the individual for, the specific infection or disease with which the target protein is associated.
- the term “sharing an epitope” refers to proteins which comprise at least one epitope that is identical to or substantially similar to an epitope of another protein.
- substantially similar epitope is meant to refer to an epitope that has a structure which is not identical to an epitope of a protein, but nonetheless invokes a cellular or humoral immune response which cross reacts to that protein.
- therapeutic protein is meant to refer to proteins whose presence confers a therapeutic benefit to the individual.
- the term “compensating protein” is meant to refer to proteins whose presence compensates for the absence of a fully functioning endogenously produced protein, due to an absent, defective, non-functioning or partially functioning endogenous gene.
- a nucleic acid composition used in the present invention which includes the nucleotide sequence encoding the desired protein operably linked to regulatory elements, may remain present in the cell as a functioning extrachromosomal molecule, or it may integrate into the cell's chromosomal DNA.
- DNA may be introduced into cells where it remains as separate genetic material in the form of a plasmid.
- linear DNA which can integrate into the chromosome may be introduced into the target cell.
- reagents which promote DNA integration into chromosomes may be added. DNA sequences which are useful to promote integration may also be included in the DNA molecule.
- RNA may be administered to the cell.
- nucleic acid composition as a linear minichromosome including a centromere, telomeres and an origin of replication.
- DNA construct nucleic acid composition
- nucleotide sequence are meant to refer to both DNA and RNA molecules.
- the regulatory elements necessary for gene expression of a DNA molecule include: a promoter, an initiation codon, a stop codon, and a polyadenylation signal.
- enhancers are often required for gene expression. It is necessary that these elements be operably linked to the sequence that encodes the desired proteins and that the regulatory elements are operable in the individual to whom they are administered.
- Initiation codons and stop codon are generally considered to be part of a nucleotide sequence that encodes the desired protein. However, it is necessary that these elements be functional in the individual to whom the gene construct is administered. The initiation and termination codons must be in frame with the coding sequence. Promoters and polyadenylation signals used must also be functional within the cells of the individual.
- promoters useful with the nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention, especially in the production of a genetic vaccine for humans include but are not limited to, promoters from Simian Virus 40 (SV40), Mouse Mammary Tumor Virus (MMTV) promoter, Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) such as the HIV Long Terminal Repeat (LTR) promoter, Moloney virus, ALV, Cytomegalovirus (CMV) such as the CMV immediate early promoter, Epstein Barr Virus (EBV), Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV), as well as promoters from human genes such as human Actin, human Myosin, human Hemoglobin, human muscle creatine and human metalothionein.
- SV40 Simian Virus 40
- MMTV Mouse Mammary Tumor Virus
- HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus
- LTR HIV Long Terminal Repeat
- ALV a virus
- CMV Cytomegalovirus
- EBV Epstein Barr Virus
- RSV
- polyadenylation signals useful with the nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention, especially in the production of a genetic vaccine for humans include but are not limited to, SV40 polyadenylation signals and LTR polyadenylation signals.
- the SV40 polyadenylation signal which is in pCEP4 plasmid (Invitrogen, San Diego Calif.), referred to as the SV40 polyadenylation signal may be used.
- enhancers may be selected from the group including but not limited to: human Actin, human Myosin, human Hemoglobin, human muscle creatine, and viral enhancers such as those from CMV, RSV and EBV.
- Nucleic acid compositions can be provided with mammalian origin of replication in order to maintain the construct extrachromosomally and produce multiple copies of the construct in the cell.
- Plasmids pCEP4 and pREP4 from Invitrogen contain the Epstein Barr virus origin of replication and nuclear antigen EBNA-1 coding region, which produces high copy episomal replication without integration.
- constructs with origins of replication including the necessary antigen for activation are preferred.
- the nucleic acid composition contains nucleotide sequences that encode a target protein and further include genes for proteins which enhance the immune response against such target proteins.
- genes for proteins which enhance the immune response against such target proteins are those which encode cytokines and lymphokines such as a-interferon, y-interferon, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), GC-SF, GM-CSF, TNF, epidermal growth factor (EGF), IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-8, IL-10 and IL-12.
- PDGF platelet derived growth factor
- GC-SF GC-SF
- GM-CSF TNF
- EGF epidermal growth factor
- IL-1 IL-1
- IL-2 IL-2
- IL-4 epidermal growth factor
- IL-8 IL-10 and IL-12.
- the gene for GM-CSF be included in nucleic acid compositions used in immunizing compositions.
- An additional element may be added to the nucleic acid composition which serves as a target for cell destruction, if it is desirable to eliminate the cells receiving the nucleic acid composition for any reason.
- a herpes thymidine kinase (tk) gene in an expressible form can be included in the nucleic acid composition.
- the drug gangcyclovir can then be administered to the individual and that drug will cause the selective killing of any cell producing tk, thus providing the means for the selective destruction of cells containing the nucleic acid composition.
- regulatory sequences may be selected which are well suited for gene expression in cells into which the construct is transferred. Moreover, codons may be selected which are most efficiently transcribed in the target cell.
- codons may be selected which are most efficiently transcribed in the target cell.
- Nucleic acid compositions can be tested for expression levels in vitro by using tissue culture of cells of the same type as those to be treated. For example, if the genetic vaccine is to be administered to human muscle cells, muscle cells grown in culture, such as solid muscle tumors cells of rhabdomyosarcoma, may be used as an in vitro model to measure expression level.
- the nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention are not incorporated within retroviral particles.
- the nucleic acid compositions are taken up by the cell without retroviral particle-mediated insertion, such as that which occurs when retrovirus particles with retroviral RNA, infects a cell.
- the term “free from retroviral particles” is meant to refer to nucleic acid compositions that are not incorporated within retroviral particles.
- dissociated from an infectious agent is meant to refer to genetic material which is not part of a viral, bacterial or eukaryotic vector, either active, inactivated, living or dead, that is capable of infecting a cell.
- the nucleic acid compositions constitute less than a complete, replicatable viral genome such that upon introduction into the cell, the nucleic acid composition possesses insufficient genetic information to direct production of infectious viral particles.
- incomplete viral genome is meant to refer to a nucleic acid composition which contains less than a complete genome such that incorporation of such a nucleic acid composition into a cell does not constitute introduction of sufficient genetic information for the production of infectious virus.
- an attenuated viral vaccine may be delivered as a nucleic acid composition which contains enough genetic material to allow for production of viral particles. Delivery of the attenuated vaccine as a nucleic acid composition allows production of large quantities of safe, pure, and active immunizing product.
- the present invention may be used to immunize an individual against all pathogens such as viruses, prokaryotic and pathogenic eukaryotic organisms such as unicellular pathogenic organisms and multicellular parasites.
- the present invention is particularly useful to immunize an individual against those pathogens which infect cells and which are not encapsulated, such as viruses, and prokaryotes such as Gonorrhoea, Listeria and Shigella .
- the present invention is also useful for immunizing an individual against protozoan pathogens, including any stage in their life cycle in which they are intracellular pathogens.
- intracellular pathogen is meant to refer to a virus or pathogenic organism that, during at least part of its reproductive or life cycle, exists within a host cell and therein produces or causes to be produced, pathogenic proteins.
- Table 1 provides a listing of some of the viral families and genera for which vaccines according to the present invention can be made.
- DNA constructs that comprise DNA sequences which encode the peptides that comprise at least an epitope identical or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on a pathogen antigen, such as those antigens listed in said table, are useful in vaccines.
- the present invention is also useful to immunize an individual against other pathogens including prokaryotic and eukaryotic protozoan pathogens as well as multicellular parasites such as those listed in Table 2.
- nucleic acid composition used in the genetic vaccine can include genetic material which encodes many pathogen antigens. For example, several viral genes may be included in a single construct, thereby providing multiple targets.
- multiple inoculants which can be delivered to different cells in an individual can be prepared to collectively include, in some cases, a complete or, more preferably, an incomplete, e.g., nearly complete set of genes in the vaccine.
- a complete set of viral genes may be administered using two constructs which each contain a different half of the genome which are administered at different sites.
- an immune response may be invoked against each antigen without the risk of an infectious virus being assembled. This allows for the introduction of more than a single antigen target and can eliminate the requirement that protective antigens be identified.
- hyperproliferative diseases are meant to refer to those diseases and disorders characterized by hyperproliferation of cells.
- hyperproliferative diseases include all forms of cancer and psoriasis.
- nucleic acid composition that includes a nucleotide sequence which encodes an immunogenic “hyperproliferating cell”-associated protein into the cells of an individual, results in the production of those proteins in the vaccinated cells of an individual.
- hyperproliferative-associated protein is meant to refer to proteins that are associated with a hyperproliferative disease.
- a nucleic acid composition that includes a nucleotide sequence which encodes a protein that is associated with a hyperproliferative disease is administered to an individual.
- the hyperproliferative-associated protein In order for the hyperproliferative-associated protein to be an effective immunogenic target, it must be a protein that is produced exclusively or at higher levels in hyperproliferative cells as compared to normal cells.
- Target antigens include such proteins, fragments thereof and peptides which comprise at least an epitope found on such proteins.
- a hyperproliferative-associated protein is the product of a mutation of a gene that encodes a protein. The mutated gene encodes a protein which is nearly identical to the normal protein except it has a slightly different amino acid sequence which results in a different epitope not found on the normal protein.
- target proteins include those which are proteins encoded by oncogenes such as myb, myc, fyn, and the translocation genes bcr/abl, ras, src, P53, neu, trk and EGRF.
- target proteins for anti-cancer treatments and protective regimens include variable regions of antibodies made by B cell lymphomas, and variable regions of T cell receptors of T cell lymphomas which, in some embodiments, are also used as target antigens for autoimmune diseases.
- Other tumor-associated proteins can be used as target proteins, such as proteins which are found at higher levels in tumor cells, including the protein recognized by monoclonal antibody 17-1A and folate binding proteins.
- the present invention may be used to immunize an individual against one or more of several forms of cancer
- the present invention is particularly useful to prophylactically immunize an individual who is predisposed to develop a particular cancer or who has had cancer and is therefore susceptible to a relapse.
- Developments in genetics and biotechnology, as well as epidemiology, allow for the determination of probability and risk assessment for the development of cancer in an individual.
- those individuals who have already developed cancer and who have been treated to remove the cancer, or are otherwise in remission are particularly susceptible to relapse and reoccurrence.
- such individuals can be immunized against the cancer that they have been diagnosed as having had in order to combat such a recurrence.
- individuals once it is known that individuals have had a type of cancer and are at risk of a relapse, they can be immunized in order to prepare their immune systems to combat any future appearance of the cancer.
- the present invention also provides a method of treating individuals suffering from hyperproliferative diseases.
- the introduction of nucleic acid compositions serves as an immunotherapeutic, directing and promoting the immune system of the individual to combat hyperproliferative cells that produce the target protein.
- the present invention provides a method of treating individuals suffering from autoimmune diseases and disorders by conferring a broad based protective immune response against targets that are associated with autoimmunity, including cell receptors and cells which produce “self”-directed antibodies.
- T cell mediated autoimmune diseases include Rheumatoid arthritis (RA), multiple sclerosis (MS), Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), autoimmune thyroiditis, reactive arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, scleroderma, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, psoriasis, vasculitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis.
- RA Rheumatoid arthritis
- MS multiple sclerosis
- Sjogren's syndrome sarcoidosis
- IDM insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
- autoimmune thyroiditis reactive arthritis
- ankylosing spondylitis scleroderma
- polymyositis polymyositis
- dermatomyositis psoriasis
- vasculitis vasculitis
- Wegener's granulomatosis Crohn'
- TCRs T cell receptors
- TCRs TCRs which are involved in the disease
- TCRs include V ⁇ -7 and V ⁇ -10.
- vaccination with a nucleic acid composition that encodes at least one of these proteins will elicit an immune response that will target T cells involved in MS. See: Wucherpfennig, K. W., et al., 1990 Science 248:1016-1019; Oksenberg, J. R., et al., 1990 Nature 345:344-346; each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- TCRs In scleroderma, several specific variable regions of TCRs which are involved in the disease have been characterized. These TCRs include V ⁇ -6, V ⁇ -8, V ⁇ -14 and V ⁇ -16, V ⁇ -3C, V ⁇ -7, V ⁇ -14, V ⁇ -15, V ⁇ -16, V ⁇ -28 and V ⁇ -12.
- vaccination with a nucleic acid composition that encodes at least one of these proteins will elicit an immune response that will target T cells involved in scleroderma.
- a synovial biopsy can be performed. Samples of the T cells present can be taken and the variable region of those TCRs identified using standard techniques. Genetic vaccines can be prepared using this information.
- B cell mediated autoimmune diseases include Lupus (SLE), Grave's disease, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, asthma, cryoglobulinemia, primary biliary sclerosis and pernicious anemia.
- SLE Lupus
- Grave's disease myasthenia gravis
- autoimmune hemolytic anemia autoimmune thrombocytopenia
- asthma cryoglobulinemia
- primary biliary sclerosis pernicious anemia.
- Each of these diseases is characterized by antibodies which bind to endogenous antigens and initiate the inflammatory cascade associated with autoimmune diseases. Vaccination against the variable region of such antibodies would elicit an immune response including CTLs to eliminate those B cells that produce the antibody.
- variable region of the antibodies involved in the autoimmune activity must be identified.
- a biopsy can be performed and samples of the antibodies present at a site of inflammation can be taken.
- the variable region of those antibodies can be identified using standard techniques. Genetic vaccines can be prepared using this information.
- one antigen is believed to be DNA.
- a vaccine can be prepared which includes nucleic acid compositions that encode the variable region of such anti-DNA antibodies found in the sera.
- variable regions of both TCRs and antibodies are well known.
- the DNA sequence encoding a particular TCR or antibody can generally be found following well known methods such as those described in Kabat, et al. 1987 Sequence of proteins of Immunological Interest , U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Bethesda Md., which is incorporated herein by reference.
- a general method for cloning functional variable regions from antibodies can be found in Chaudhary, V. K., et al., 1990 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:1066, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the nucleic acid compositions contain either compensating genes or genes that encode therapeutic proteins.
- compensating genes include a gene which encodes dystrophin or a functional fragment, a gene to compensate for the defective gene in patients suffering from cystic fibrosis, a gene to compensate for the defective gene in patients suffering from ADA, and a gene encoding Factor VIII.
- genes encoding therapeutic proteins include genes which encodes erythropoietin, interferon, LDL receptor, GM-CSF, IL-2, IL-4 and TNF.
- nucleic acid compositions which encode single chain antibody components which specifically bind to toxic substances can be administered.
- the dystrophin gene is provided as part of a mini-gene and used to treat individuals suffering from muscular dystrophy.
- a mini-gene which contains coding sequence for a partial dystrophin protein is provided.
- Dystrophin abnormalities are responsible for both the milder Becker's Muscular Dystrophy (BMD) and the severe Duchenne's Muscular Dystrophy (DMD).
- BMD Becker's Muscular Dystrophy
- DMD Duchenne's Muscular Dystrophy
- DMD Duchenne's Muscular Dystrophy
- genes encoding IL-2, IL-4, interferon or TNF are delivered to tumor cells which are either present or removed and then reintroduced into an individual.
- a gene encoding y-interferon is administered to an individual suffering from multiple sclerosis.
- Antisense molecules and ribozymes may also be delivered to the cells of an individual by introducing a nucleic acid composition which acts as a template for copies of such active agents. These agents inactivate or otherwise interfere with the expression of genes that encode proteins whose presence is undesirable. Nucleic acid compositions which contain sequences that encode antisense molecules can be used to inhibit or prevent production of proteins within cells. Thus, production of proteins such as oncogene products can be eliminated or reduced. Similarly, ribozymes can disrupt gene expression by selectively destroying messenger RNA before it is translated into protein. In some embodiments, cells are treated according to the invention using nucleic acid compositions that encode antisense or ribozymes as part of a therapeutic regimen which involves administration of other therapeutics and procedures. Nucleic acid compositions encoding antisense molecules and ribozymes use similar vectors as those which are used when protein production is desired except that the coding sequence does not contain a start codon to initiate translation of RNA into protein.
- Ribozymes are catalytic RNAs which are capable of self-cleavage or cleavage of another RNA molecule.
- ribozymes such as hammerhead, hairpin, Tetrahymena group I intron, ahead, and RNase P are known in the art; see S. Edgington, Biotechnology (1992) 10, 256-262.
- Hammerhead ribozymes have a catalytic site which has been mapped to a core of less than 40 nucleotides.
- ribozymes in plant viroids and satellite RNAs share a common secondary structure and certain conserved nucleotides.
- Ribozymes can be designed against a variety of targets including pathogen nucleotide sequences and oncogenic sequences. Preferred embodiments include sufficient complementarity to specifically target the abl-bcr fusion transcript while maintaining efficiency of the cleavage reaction.
- the multifunctional molecular complex containing the desired nucleic acid composition may be administered to an individual using a needleless injection device.
- the multifunctional molecular complex containing the desired nucleic acid composition is simultaneously administered to an individual intradermally, subcutaneously and intramuscularly using a needleless injection device.
- Needleless injection devices are well known and widely available.
- Needleless injection devices are well suited to deliver these complexes to all of these tissues. They are particularly useful to deliver the complexes of the present invention to skin and muscle cells.
- a needleless injection device may be used to propel the complexes of the present invention in liquid form, that contains DNA molecules, toward the surface of the individual's skin.
- the liquid is propelled at a sufficient velocity such that upon impact with the skin, the liquid penetrates the surface of the skin, and permeates the skin and muscle tissue therebeneath.
- the nucleic acid composition is simultaneously administered intradermally, subcutaneously and intramuscularly.
- a needleless injection device may be used to deliver nucleic acid compositions to the tissue of other organs in order to introduce a nucleic acid molecule to cells of that organ.
- the multifunctional molecular complexes containing nucleic acid compositions may be administered directly into the individual to be immunized or ex vivo into removed cells of the individual which are reimplanted after administration.
- the genetic material is introduced into cells which are present in the body of the individual.
- Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intradermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraarterially, intraoccularly and oral as well as transdermally or by inhalation or suppository.
- Preferred routes of administration include intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intradermal and subcutaneous injection.
- nucleic acid compositions which encode target proteins can confer mucosal immunity in individuals immunized by a mode of administration in which the material is presented to tissues associated with mucosal immunity.
- the nucleic acid composition is delivered by administration to the buccal cavity within the mouth of an individual.
- the multifunctional molecular complexes containing nucleic acid compositions according to the present invention comprise generally from about 1 nanogram to about 1000 micrograms of DNA. In some preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 10 nanograms to about 800 micrograms of DNA. In more preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 0.1 to about 500 micrograms of DNA. In still more preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 1 to about 350 micrograms of DNA. In yet more preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 25 to about 250 micrograms of DNA. In the most preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 100 micrograms DNA.
- the multifunctional molecular complexes containing nucleic acid compositions according to the present invention are formulated according to the mode of administration to be used.
- One having ordinary skill in the art can readily formulate a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a nucleic acid composition.
- an isotonic formulation is preferably used.
- additives for isotonicity can include sodium chloride, dextrose, mannitol, sorbitol and lactose.
- isotonic solutions such as phosphate buffered saline are preferred.
- Stabilizers include gelatin and albumin.
- a vasoconstriction agent is added to the formulation.
- the pharmaceutical preparations according to the present invention are prepared so as to be sterile and pyrogen free.
- growth factors such as ⁇ -interferon, ⁇ -interferon, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), GC-SF, GM-CSF, TNF, epidermal growth factor (EGF), IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-8, IL-10 and IL-12, as well as fibroblast growth factor
- surface active agents such as immune-stimulating complexes (ISCOMS), Freund's incomplete adjuvant, LPS analog including monophosphoryl Lipid A (MPL), muramyl peptides, quinone analogs and vesicles such as squalene and hyaluronic acid may also be used, administered in conjunction with the complexes of the present invention. In some embodiments, combinations of these agents are administered in conjunction with the complexes of the present invention.
- the complexes of the present invention may be combined with collagen as an emulsion and delivered parenterally.
- the collagen emulsion provides a means for sustained release of DNA; 50 ⁇ l to 2 ml of collagen may be used. About 100 ⁇ g of DNA are combined with 1 ml of collagen in a preferred embodiment using this formulation.
- Other sustained release formulations such as those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, A. Osol, a standard reference text in this field, which is incorporated herein by reference. Such formulations include aqueous suspensions, oil solutions and suspensions, emulsions and implants as well as reservoirs, depots and transdermal devices.
- time release formulations for the complexes are preferred; where it is desirable the complex be time released between 6-144 hours, preferably 12-96 hours, more preferably 18-72 hours.
- the individual is subject to a single vaccination to produce a full, broad immune response. In other embodiments of the invention, the individual is subject to a series of vaccinations to produce a full, broad immune response. According to still other embodiments of the invention, at least two and preferably four to five injections are given over a period of time. The period of time between injections may be from 24 hours apart to two weeks or longer between injections, preferably one week apart. Alternatively, at least two and up to four separate injections are given simultaneously at different sites.
- a complete vaccination includes injection of a single inoculant which contains a nucleic acid composition including sequences encoding one or more targeted epitopes.
- a complete vaccination includes injection of two or more different inoculants into different sites.
- an HIV vaccine may comprise two different inoculants in which each one comprises a nucleic acid composition encoding different viral proteins.
- This method of vaccination allows the introduction of as much as a complete set of viral genes into the individual without the risk of assembling an infectious viral particle.
- an immune response against most or all of the virus can be invoked in the vaccinated individual.
- Injection of each inoculant is performed at different sites, preferably at a distance to ensure that no cells receive the total combination of nucleic acid compositions.
- some genes may be deleted or altered to further prevent the capability of infectious viral assembly.
- compositions which facilitate delivery of the multifunctional molecular complex, which in turn functions to facilitate transfer of the nucleic acid composition which is contained therein, to the target cells.
- the pharmaceutical composition may be nothing more than an inert diluent and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester form of said molecular complex.
- other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known to the artisan in this field, can also be suitably employed to provide desired properties.
- one or more agents may be selected from the following recognized pharmaceutical classes of excipients: solvents, solvent systems, and solubilizing and dispersing agents including surfactants and emulsifying agents; viscosity modifying agents; and stabilizing and preservative agents, including antioxidants, UV absorbing agents, antibacterial agents, and buffering agents.
- kits which comprise a container comprising a nucleic acid composition, and a container comprising a transfer moiety.
- excipients, carriers, preservatives and vehicles optionally, there is included in such kits excipients, carriers, preservatives and vehicles of the type described above with respect to pharmaceutical compositions.
- the term pharmaceutical kit is also intended to include multiple inoculants used in the methods of the present invention. Such kits include separate containers comprising different inoculants and transfer moieties.
- the pharmaceutical kits in accordance with the present invention are also contemplated to include a set of inoculants used in immunizing methods and/or therapeutic methods, as described above.
- compositions and methods of the present invention are useful in the fields of both human and veterinary medicine. Accordingly, the present invention relates to genetic immunization and therapeutic treatment of mammals, birds and fish. The methods of the present invention can be particularly useful for genetic immunization and therapeutic treatment of mammalian species including human, bovine, ovine, porcine, equine, canine and feline species.
- N 1 ,N 8 -Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine (2.92 g, 8.45 mmol, 1.0 eq) [S.Nagarajan and B. Ganem, J. Org. Chem., 50, 5735-37 (1985)] in acetonitrile (125 mL) was treated with N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.534 mL, 20.0 mmol, 2.4 eq), potassium iodide (2.81 g, 16.90 mmol, 2.0 eq), and 5-chlorovaleronitrile (1.902 mL, 16.90 mmol, 2.0 eq).
- the CAS style name of the compound 18 set out above is as follows: 4-[(N[2[N 2 ,N 6 -bis(3-[4-O( ⁇ -D-galactopyranosyl)- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosylthio]propionyl)lysyl]N 6 -(3-[4-O-( ⁇ -D-galactopyranosyl)- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosylthio]-propionyl)lysinamido)pentyl]-1,8-diamino-4-azaoctane, Acetate Salt.
- N 1 ,N 8 -Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine 1.0 g, 2.89 mmol
- acetone 100 mls
- N,N-diisopropylethylamine 0.605 mls, 3.47 mmol, 1.2 eq
- potassium iodide 0.489, 2.89 mmol
- 1-bromooctane 0.500 mls, 2.89 mmol.
- N 4 -octyl-N 1 ,N 8 -Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine (0.15 g) was dissolved in 6 mL of 4 N HCl in dioxane and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the yellow oil suspended in chloroform and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resultant oil was dissolved in 10 mL of absolute ethanol and precipitated by the addition of 30 mL of diethyl ether. The solid was isolated by decanting off the liquid and drying under vacuum (0.10 g).
- N 1 ,N 8 -Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine (0.50 g, 1.45 mmol) in acetone (50 mLs) was treated with N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.604 mLs, 3.48 mmol), potassium iodide (0.48 g, 2.90 mmol), and 1-bromodedecane (0.348 mLs, 2.90 mmol).
- the mixture was refluxed for 18 hrs and was treated with additional 1-bromododecane (0.348 mLs, 2.90 mmol). Refluxing was continued for 4 hours.
- N 1 ,N 8 -Bis (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-N-4-dodecyl-spermidine (0.52 g, 1.01 mmol) was dissolved in 2-propanol (5 mLs) and treated with 4N HCl in dioxane (10 mLs). The homogeneous solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 hrs, and the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude oil was taken up in ethanol (20 mLs) and treated with ether (10-15 mLs) with stirring. A solid precipitated out of solution and was collected by filtration (85 mgs). A second crop was recovered for an additional 79 mgs. Total yield was 164 mgs.
- N 1 ,N 8 -Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine (0.50 g, 1.45 mmol) in acetone (50 mLs) was treated with N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.302 mLs, 1.74 mmol, 1.2 eq), potassium iodide (0.24 g, 1.45 mol) and 1-bromohexadecane (0.442 mLs, 1.45 mmol).
- the mixture refluxed for 20 hrs, and the solvents were removed under vacuum. The residue was taken up in chloroform (250 mLs) and washed with water (150 mLs).
- N 1 ,N 8 -Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-N 4 -hexadecyl-spermidine (0.42 g, 0.74 mmol) was dissolved in 2-propanol (5 mls) and was treated with 4N HCl in dioxane (10 mls). The homogeneous solution was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hrs, followed by evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethanol (12 mls) and was treated with ether (10 mLs) with stirring. A precipitate fell out of solution and was collected by filtration; mass 125 mgs. A second crop was recovered of mass 75 mgs for a total yield of 0.200 g.
- Human hepatocellular carcinoma HuH7 cells were grown and seeded into a 96 well plate with 1-2 ⁇ 10 4 cells in 100 ⁇ L of minimal essential media ⁇ , modification with 10% serum. The plates were incubated in a 37° CO 2 incubator until the cells were 60-80% confluent (approximately 24 hrs). The media was removed and the cells washed once with Optimem® (serum free media). Optimem® (100 ⁇ L) containing 0.5 ⁇ g of pCMV ⁇ plasmid (from Clonetech, No.
- the cells were incubated with the mixture for 4 hrs in a 37° CO 2 incubator; thereafter 100 ⁇ L of media containing 20% serum was added and the incubation continued for an additional 20 hrs.
- N 4 -octylspermidine N 4 -dodecylspermidine; fusogenic peptides acylated on the N-terminus by N 4 -(5-carboxypentyl)spermidine; N 4 -(5-(3 ⁇ ,7 ⁇ ,12 ⁇ -trihydroxy-5 ⁇ -cholan-24-oic)aminopentyl) spermidine amide, with the receptor specific binding components included therein.
- Solutions were prepared containing 100 ⁇ g of pCMV ⁇ plasmid and 100 ⁇ g of either N 4 -octylspermidine, N 4 -dodecylspermidine or N 4 -(5-cholestene-3′ ⁇ -oxycarbonyl)-aminopentyl)spermidine, each in 100 ⁇ L of phosphate buffered saline.
- the plasmid solution (100 ⁇ L) was injected into the rear quadriceps of 6-12 week old BALB-C mice. The mice were sacrificed approximately 96 hrs later and the entire quadriceps muscle tissue was removed.
- the muscle was fixed with formalin for 2 hrs, and assayed for ⁇ -galactosidase activity using 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl- ⁇ -D-galactopyranoside (1 mg/mL in tris/EDTA pH 8.5). All three injections were scored as positive since the blue color was more intense than the control: injection of 100 ⁇ g of pCMV ⁇ plasmid injected in 100 ⁇ L of 0.25% bupivicaine hydrochloride in citrate buffer pH 6.0.
- a solution is prepared containing 10 ⁇ g of pHBVSA plasmid, 5 ⁇ g of N 4 -(5-[N 2 ,N 6 -bis( ⁇ -3′-propionyl galactosyl- ⁇ 1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N 6 -( ⁇ 3′-propionyl galactosyl- ⁇ 1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl]aminopentyl)spermidine and 25 ⁇ g of N 4 -(5-cholestene-3′ ⁇ -oxycarbonyl)aminopentyl)spermidine in 100 ⁇ L of phosphate buffered saline.
- the plasmid solution (100 ⁇ L) is injected into the tail vein of 6-12 week old BALB-C mice.
- the mice are sacrificed 48-120 hrs later and the serum tested for hepatitus B surface antigen using a commercial enzyme-linked immunoassay.
- the production of surface antigen is greater than the positive control supplied with the kit at 48 hrs post-injection.
- N 4 -octylspermidine N 4 -dodecylspermidine, fusogenic peptides acylated on the N-terminus by N 4 -(5-carboxypentyl)spermidine; N 4 -(5-(cholest-5-en-3′- ⁇ -carbamoyl)-aminopentyl)spermidine; and N 4 -(5-(3 ⁇ ,7 ⁇ , 12 ⁇ -trihydroxy-5 ⁇ -cholan-24-oic)aminopentyl)-spermidine amide, with the endosome membrane disruption promoting component included therein.
- a kit for using the multifunctional molecular complexes of the present invention in a research and manufacturing setting, where the individual users supply their own DNA includes a vial containing the transfer moiety of the present invention dissolved at 0.1 to 10 mg/mL and preferably at 1 mg/mL in a sterile buffer at pH 6-8 and preferably at pH 6.5 to 7.5. Acceptable buffers would include citrate, HEPES and phosphate.
- Use of the kit involves removing an aliquot of transfer moiety and adding the aliquot to the solution of DNA (at 0.05 to 2 mg/mL, and preferably 0.25 to 0.75 mg/mL), such that the final ratio of mg of transfer moiety to mg DNA is between 0.5 and 5.0 mg/mg.
- the DNA-transfer moiety mixture is mixed briefly and held at 370 for 15-60 minutes.
- the DNA-transfer moiety mixture which has now formed the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention, is then diluted with minimal essential media (serum free) to a concentration of 5 to 100 ⁇ g/mL and added to the cells in culture.
- minimal essential media serum free
- a kit for using the transfer moieties of the present invention in a clinical or veterinary setting, where the individual users supply their own DNA includes a vial containing the transfer moiety dissolved at 0.1 to 10 mg/mL and preferably at 1 mg/mL in a sterile buffer at pH 6-8 and preferably at pH 6.5 to 7.5. Acceptable buffers include citrate, HEPES and phosphate.
- Use of the kit involves removing an aliquot of transfer moiety and adding the aliquot to the solution of DNA (at 0.05 to 2 mg/mL, and preferably 0.25 to 0.75 mg/mL), such that the final ratio of mg of transfer moiety to mg DNA is between 0.5 and 5.0 mg/mg and is preferably 1 mg/mg.
- the DNA-compound mixture is mixed briefly and held at ambient temperature for 30-60 minutes.
- the DNA-transfer moiety mixture (10 to 500 ⁇ g of DNA), which has now formed the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention, is then injected into the patient or subject, human or animal, as is consistent with the desired application, e.g., i.m. injection for immunization, i.v. injection for liver localization, etc.
- a kit for using the multifunctional molecular complexes of the present invention in a clinical or veterinary setting where the DNA is supplied as part of the kit, includes a vial containing the compound dissolved at 0.05 to 10 mg/mL and preferably at 0.5 to 1 mg/mL in a sterile buffer at pH 6-8, and preferably at pH 6.5 to 7.5. Acceptable buffers include citrate, HEPES and phosphate.
- the kit also contains DNA appropriate for the intended use (at 0.05 to 2 mg/ ⁇ L, and preferably 0.25 to 0.75 mg/mL), such that the final ratio of mg of the transfer moiety component of the kit to mg of the DNA component of the kit, is between 0.5 and 5.0 mg/mg, and is preferably 1 mg/mg.
- the DNA-transfer moiety mixture is held at ambient temperature for 30-60 minutes.
- the DNA-transfer moiety mixture (10 to 500 ⁇ g of DNA), is then injected into the patient or subject, human or animal, as is consistent with the desired application, e.g., i.m. injection for immunization, i.v. injection for liver localization, etc.
- kits described in Examples 13 through 15 above can also have the components thereof supplied as lyophilized powders where the transfer moieties, buffer components and excipients are reconstituted at the site of use by the addition of sterile water.
- lyophilized kits can also include the DNA as a lyophilized component.
- Benzyl 6-bromohexanoate was prepared by dropwise addition of a solution of 6-bromohexanoyl chloride (20.0 mL) in 100 mL of methylene chloride to a solution of 66.22 mL of benzyl alcohol in 60 mL of pyridine. The mixture was cooled using an ice-water bath for 90 min, then stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solution was extracted with 200 mL of 1 N HCl followed by 2 ⁇ 150 mL of sat. NaHCO 3 . The extracts were discarded and the solution dried over Na 2 SO 4 . The solution was filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to give an oil.
- N 4 -(benzyl 6-hexanoyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine was prepared by treating N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (3.0 g) with three aliquots of benzyl 6-bromohexanoate (2.45 g each) and K 2 CO 3 (1.19 g each) in one hour intervals in refluxing acetonitrile. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between 200 mL of water and 2 ⁇ 150 mL of CHCl 3 .
- N 4 -(benzyl 6′-hexanoyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (0.20 g) was dissolved in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred at room temperature for one hour. The trifluoroacetic acid was removed in vacuo, and the residue dissolved twice in chloroform (50 mL) and the solvent removed in vacuo. The oily residue was lyophilized from 10 mL of 0.1 N HCl to give 126 mg of N 4 -(benzyl 6′-hexanoyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride as an oil.
- N 4 -(6′-hexanoic acid)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (1.46 g) was treated with 0.37 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide and 0.66 g of N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran for 20 h. The precipitate was removed by filtration and the solvent removed in vacuo to give 1.99 g of N 4 -(succinimidyl 6′-hexanoyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine.
- the peptide SGSGGLFEAIAENGWEGMIDGGG was prepared using an ABI Model 431A peptide synthesizer, preloaded FMOC-amino acid cartridges and pre-loaded FMOC-Gly-p-alkoxy-benzyl alcohol resin.
- the FMOC protecting group was removed from the N-terminal serine and the resin dried.
- the peptide-resin was treated with 1.99 g of N 4 -(succinimidyl 6′-hexanoyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine and 1.24 mL of diisopropylethylamine in 50 mL of dimethylformamide for 24 h.
- the resin was isolated by filtration and rinsed with dichloromethane.
- the N 4 -(6′-hexanoyl)-spermidine-SGSGGLFEAIAENGWEGMIDGGGOH was cleaved from the resin using a mixture of water (0.25 mL), ethanedithiol (0.25 mL), thioanisole (0.50 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (9.5 mL).
- the spent resin was removed by filtration and the crude N 4 -(6′-hexanoyl)-spermidine-SGSGGLFEAIAENGWEGMIDGGGOH precipitated by addition of diethyl ether and isolated by filtration.
- Cholic acid (95 mg) was dissolved in 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran and N-hydroxysuccinimide (27 mg) and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (48 mg) added. The mixture was stirred to dissolve and N 4 -(5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-spermidine (100 mg) added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature 48 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude wax was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform.
- the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the resultant solids were filtered off and the solvent removed in vacuo to give an oil.
- the oil was suspended in 100 mL of sat NaHCO 3 and extracted with 2 ⁇ 75 mL of CHCl 3 . The solution was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the solvent removed to give an oil.
- the oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform.
- N 4 -(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine was prepared similarly to N 4 -(benzyl 6′-hexanoyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine by treating N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (0.5 g) with four aliquots of N-CBZ-5-amino-1-bromopentane (1.74 g each) and five aliquots of K 2 CO 3 (1.00 g each).
- the resultant oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform (TLC R f 0.47, CHCl 3 /methanol 9:1+0.4% diisopropylethylamine) to give 0.72 g of N 4 -(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine as an oil.
- N 4 -(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (0.24 g) was dissolved in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred in an ice-water bath under nitrogen for 2 hours. Cold ether was added to precipitate the product as an oil. The solvents were removed by decantation and the oil dissolved in 25 mL of 0.1 N HCL and lyophilized to give 0.16 g of N 4 -(N-CBZ-5-aminopentyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride as a glass.
- N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using the same sequence of reactions.
- N 4 ,N 9 -bis(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N 4 -(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using a single addition of N-CBZ-5-amino-1-bromopentane (5.10 g) and K 2 CO 3 (4.70 g) to 3.42 g of N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in refluxing acetonitrile (100 mL).
- N 4 ,N 9 -bis (octyl)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared using a single addition of 1-bromooctane (0.53 g), potassium iodide (0.45 g) and diisopropylethylamine (0.54 mL) to 0.50 g of N′,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in acetone (30 mL) and refluxing overnight. The acetone was removed in vacuo and the mixture taken up in 200 mL of chloroform and washed with 100 mL of water.
- N 4 -(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was isolated as a minor component during the preparation of N 4 ,N 9 -bis(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine.
- N 4 -(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 9 ,N 12 -tris(tert-butyloxy carbonyl)spermine (0.22 g) in 20 mL of methanol was treated with 0.04 g of 10% Pd/C and 50 PSIG H 2 for 2 h at room temperature. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth and the solvent removed in vacuo to give N 4 -(5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 9 ,N 2 -tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil (0.14 g).
- This oil was dissolved in methylene chloride and to the solution was added diisopropylethylamine (0.146 mL) and cholesterol chloroformate (0.094 g). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the resultant oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform containing diisopropylethylamine.
- N 4 ,N 9 -bis(N,N-dimethyl 12′-dodecanamide)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N 4 -(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using a single addition of N,N-dimethyl 12-bromododecanamide (2.34 g) and K 2 CO 3 (1.70 g) to 0.50 g of N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in refluxing acetonitrile (50 mL).
- N 4 ,N 9 -bis(benzyl 12′-dodecanoyl)-N′,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N 4 -(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using a single addition of crude benzyl 12-bromododecanoate (4.6 g) and K 2 CO 3 (1.70 g) to 1.0 g of N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in refluxing acetonitrile (100 mL).
- N 4 ,N 9 -bis(benzyl 12′-dodenanoyl)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.51 g) was dissolved in 50 mL of methanol and treated with 0.05 g of 10 Pd/C and 50 PSIG H 2 for 3 h at room temperature. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth. The solvent was removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give N 4 ,N 9 -bis(12′-dodecanoic acid)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil.
- N 4 -(benzyl 12′-dodenanoyl)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxyc-arbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N 4 -(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 8 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using a single addition of benzyl 12-bromododecanoate (6.58 g) to 1.43 g of N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in refluxing acetonitrile (100 mL).
- N 4 -(benzyl 12′-dodenanoyl)-N 1 N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxyc-arbonyl)spermine (0.29 g) was dissolved in 30 mL of methanol and treated with 0.03 g of 10% Pd/C and 50 PSIG H 2 for 1.5 h at room temperature. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth. The solvent was removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give N 4 -(12′-dodecanoic acid)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-spermine as an oil (0.19 g).
- N 4 ,N 9 -bis (N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (2.04 g) was dissolved in 50 mL of methanol and treated with 0.84 g of 10% Pd/C and 50 PSIG H 2 for 2.5 h at room temperature. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth and solvent removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give N 4 ,N 9 -bis(5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.79 g) as an oil.
- a solution of S- ⁇ -3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside (2.94 g) was prepared in 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran. To the thiomannoside solution was added 1.39 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and 0.78 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h, then stored at 4° for 0.5 h. A precipitate was filtered off and solvent removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give succinimidyl S- ⁇ -3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside (3.80 g) as a white solid.
- N 4 ,N 9 -bis(5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyloxycar-bonyl)spermine (0.79 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) and to the solution was added 0.64 mL of diisopropylethylamine and 1.32 g of succinimidyl S- ⁇ -3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give a glass.
- This glass was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform containing diisopropylethylamine (0.2%). Fractions containing the product (TLC R f 0.30, CHCl 3 /methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.69 g of N 4 ,N 9 -bis(5-( ⁇ -3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl thiomannoside)aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 12 -bis(tert-butyl-oxycarbonyl)spermine as a glass. This glass was dissolved in 20 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred at room temperature for 1 h.
- N-hydroxysuccinimide (0.10 g), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyl carbodiimide (0.16 g) and N 4 -(5′-aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 9 ,N 12 -tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.50 g).
- the solution was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 days.
- the dimethylformamide was removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in chloroform (100 mL).
- the chloroform solution was washed sequentially with 0.1 N HCL (75 mL) and sat. NaHCO 3 .
- N 4 -(5-N-(23′-amino-3′,6′,9′,12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido) aminopentyl)-N 1 ,N 9 ,N 12 tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.13 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and to the solution was added 0.048 mL of diisopropylethylamine and 0.073 g of succinimidyl S- ⁇ -3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 20 h.
- N 4 -(5-N-(O-(5-N-( ⁇ -3′′-propionamido thiomannoside)pentyl)-O-(2-acetamido)nonadecaethylene glycol)pentyl)-spermine tetraacetate could be prepared similarly to N 4 -(5-N-(23′-N-(S- ⁇ -3′-propionamido thiomannoside)-3′,6′,9′, 12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido)aminopentyl)-spermine tetraacetate by substituting 18.9 g of poly(ethylene glycol) of average molecular weight 900 for the pentaethyleneglycol in the procedure described in Example 32.
- This oil was dissolved in 10 mL of methanol and to the solution was added 10 mL of water and 0.44 g of Na 2 CO 3 , and the solution stirred at room temperature for 24 h.
- the solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in 5 mL of 1% acetic acid and 1 mL of ethanol and purified in four 1.5 mL aliquots on two SephadexTM G-25 medium columns (15 mL and 20 mL), eluting with 10% ethanol in 1% acetic acid.
- Etheroviruses (Medical) includes polioviruses, coxsackieviruses, echoviruses, and human enteroviruses such as hepatitis A virus.
- Apthoviruses (Veterinary) these are the foot and mouth disease viruses.
- Target antigens VP1, VP2, VP3, VP4, VPG Calcivirus Family Genera: Norwalk Group of Viruses: (Medical) these viruses are an important causative agent of epidemic gastroenteritis.
- Togavirus Family Genera Alphaviruses: (Medical and Veterinary) examples include Senilis viruses, RossRiver virus and Eastern & Western Equine encephalitis.
- Reovirus (Medical) Rubella virus.
- Flariviridue Family Examples include: (Medical) dengue, yellow fever, Japanese encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis and tick borne encephalitis viruses.
- Hepatitis C Virus (Medical) these viruses are not placed in a family yet but are believed to be either a togavirus or a flavivirus. Most similarity is with togavirus family.
- Coronavirus Family (Medical and Veterinary) Infectious bronchitis virus (poultry) Porcine transmissible gastroenteric virus (pig) Porcine hemagglutinating encephalomyelitis virus (pig) Feline infectious peritonitis virus (cats) Feline enteric coronavirus (cat) Canine coronavirus (dog) The human respiratory coronaviruses cause .about. 40 cases of common cold. EX.
- Pathogenic gram-positive cocci include: pneumococcal; staphy- lococcal; and streptococcal.
- Pathogenic gram-negative cocci include: meningococcal; and gonococcal.
- Pathogenic enteric gram-negative bacilli include: enterobac- teriaceae; pseudomonas, acinetobacteria and eikenella; melioidosis; salmonella; shigellosis; hemophilus; chancroid; brucellosis; tularemia; yersinia (pasteurella); streptobacillus moniliformis and spirillum; listeria monocytogenes; erysipelo- thrix rhusiopathiae; diphtheria; cholera; anthrax; donovanosis (granuloma inguinale); and bartonellosis.
- Pathogenic anaerobic bacteria include: tetanus; botulism; other clostridia; tuberculosis; leprosy; and other mycobacteria.
- Pathogenic spirochetal diseases include: syphilis; treponema- toses: yaws, pinta and endemic syphilis; and leptospirosis.
- infections caused by higher pathogen bacteria and patho- genic fungi include: actinomycosis; nocardiosis; cryptococcosis, blastomycosis, histoplasmosis and coccidioidomycosis; candidiasis, aspergillosis, and mucormycosis; sporotrichosis; paracoccidio- domycosis, petriellidiosis, torulopsosis, mycetoma and chromo- mycosis; and dermatophytosis.
- Rickettsial infections include rickettsial and rickettsioses.
- mycoplasma and chlamydial infections include: mycoplasma pneumoniae lymphogranuloma venereum; psittacosis; and perinatal chlamydial infections.
- Pathogenic eukaryotes Pathogenic protozoans and helminths and infections thereby include: amebiasis; malaria; leishmaniasis; trypanosomiasis; toxoplasmosis; pneumocystis carinii; babesiosis; giardiasis; trichinosis; filariasis; schistosomiasis; nematodes; trematodes or flukes; and cestode (tapeworm) infections.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Botany (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Steroid Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
A multifunctional molecular complex for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to a target cell is provided. The complex is comprised of A) said nucleic acid composition and B) a transfer moiety comprising 1) one or more cationic polyamines bound to said nucleic acid compositions, 2) one or more endosome membrane disrupting components attached to at least one nitrogen of the polyamine and 3) one or more receptor specific binding components.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/010,114, filed Nov. 13, 2001, which is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/425,597, filed Oct. 22, 1999, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,379,965, issued Apr. 30, 2002, which is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/809,397, filed Mar. 21, 1997, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,127,170, issued Oct. 3, 2000, which is a 35 USC §371 of PCT/US95/12502, filed Sep. 28, 1995, which claims the benefit of the priority of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/314,060, filed Sep. 28, 1994, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,533, issued Nov. 17, 1998.
- The present invention is in the field of methods for the transfer of genetic information, e.g., foreign DNA, into target cells, especially eukaryotic cells. In particular, the present invention relates to nonviral gene carriers comprising multifunctional molecular conjugates which include, inter alia, lipopolyamines of a particular configuration, a component which promotes endosome disruption, and a receptor specific binding component. The present application is related to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/314,060 filed Sep. 28, 1994 and entitled “Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells” which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Heretofore, viral vectors of various types have been successfully utilized for the insertion of selected foreign genetic information into a target cell, and in the case of eukaryotic cells, for incorporation of that genetic information into the genome of the cell. These viral vector systems have relied upon the molecular machinery of the virus, evolved over time to surmount the significant problems facing a virus in attempting to invade, i.e., infect a cell. Despite the efficiency of such viral vectors, however, there has been continued concern regarding the safety of using viruses, particularly from the standpoint of undesired side effects. Thus, there has been an ongoing effort to develop non-viral gene delivery systems that are as efficient as viral vectors, but with an improved safety profile.
- Nonviral vectors or carriers, of the type with which the present invention is concerned, will thus have to overcome the same obstacles as a viral vector. The problems faced by such carriers include persistence in the biophase of the organism for a sufficient time to reach the target cell; recognition of the target cell and means for mediating transport of the genetic material through the cell membrane and into the cytoplasm of the cell; avoidance of degradation within the cell by the reticuloendothelial system; and transport to and through the nuclear membrane into the nucleus of the cell where transcription of the genetic material can take place.
- It is to overcoming the problems described above that the present invention is addressed; and since the problems are several and different, the present invention comprises a multifunctional complex, i.e., a molecular conjugate of various ligands intended to surmount specific obstacles.
- The ultimate usefulness of gene transfer techniques is of enormous potential benefit in a number of areas. The transfer of genetic material into cells is the basis of a number of processes now widely accepted in the areas of molecular biology, gene therapy and genetic immunization. Transfer of the genetic information encoded in DNA to cells where it expresses identified individual proteins, has permitted investigation of the function of such proteins on a cellular level, and of the underlying cell physiology. Genetic material has also been transferred into cells to introduce proteins that are absent due to an inherent genetic flaw in the cell that expresses an inactive protein or else prevents expression of the protein altogether. The transfer of genetic material into cells can be used to prevent the expression of proteins in those cells through the well-known antisense effect of complementary DNA or RNA strands.
- Exogenous, i.e., foreign genetic material can permit cells to synthesize significant amounts of proteins that are not available by other means in practical economic terms. These proteins of interest can be grown in a variety of host cells such as yeast, bacterial or mammalian cells. Genetic material can also be used to provide protective immune responses in vivo by injection of DNA that encodes immunogenic proteins, i.e., ones that can stimulate the desired immune response. The in vivo introduction of exogenous genetic material into cells also has potential utility in applications for the alleviation, treatment or prevention of metabolic, tumoral or infectious disorders by the same mechanisms enumerated above.
- Description of the Prior Art
- It is possible to transfer genetic material into target cells without the use of vectors or carriers. For example, genetic material can be introduced systemically through an intravenous or intraperitoneal injection for in vivo applications, or can be introduced to the site of action by direct injection into that area. For example, it has long been recognized that DNA, by itself, injected into various tissues, will enter cells and produce a protein that will elicit an immune response. See, e.g., P. Atanasiu et al., Academie des Sciences (Paris) 254, 4228-30 (1962); M. A. Israel et al., J. Virol. 29, 990-96 (1979); H. Will et al., Nature, 299, 740-42 (1982); H. Robinson, World Patent Application WO 86/00930, published Feb. 13, 1986; P. L. Felgner, J. A. Wolff, G. H. Rhodes, R. w. Malone and D. A. Carson, World Patent Application WO 90/11092, published Oct. 4, 1990; and R. J. Debs and N. Zhu, World Patent Application WO 93/24640 published Dec. 9, 1993. However, DNA by itself is hydrophilic, and the hydrophobic character of the cellular membrane poses a significant barrier to the transfer of DNA across it. Accordingly, it has become preferred in the art to use facilitators that enhance the transfer of DNA into cells on direct injection.
- Another approach in the art to delivery of genetic material to target cells is one that takes advantage of natural receptor-mediated endocytosis pathways that exist in such cells. Several cellular receptors have been identified heretofore as desirable agents by means of which it is possible to achieve the specific targeting of drugs, and especially macromolecules and molecular conjugates serving as carriers of genetic material of the type with which the present invention is concerned. These cellular receptors allow for specific targeting by virtue of being localized to a particular tissue or by having an enhanced avidity for, or activity in a particular tissue. See, e.g., J. L. Bodmer and R. T. Dean, Meth. Enzymol., 112, 298-306 (1985). This affords the advantages of lower doses or significantly fewer undesirable side effects.
- One of the better known examples of a cell and tissue selective receptor is the asialoglycoprotein receptor present in hepatocytes. The asialoglycoprotein receptor is an extracellular receptor with a high affinity for galactose, especially tri-antennary oligosaccharides, i.e., those with three somewhat extended chains or spacer arms having terminal galactose residues; see, e.g., H. F. Lodish, TIBS, 16, 374-77 (1991). This high affinity receptor is localized to hepatocytes and is not present in Kupffer cells; allowing for a high degree of selectivity in delivery to the liver.
- It has also been proposed in the art of receptor-mediated gene transfer that in order for the process to be efficient in vivo, the assembly of the DNA complex should result in condensation of the DNA to a size suitable for uptake via an endocytic pathway. See, e.g., J. C. Perales, T. Ferkol, H. Beegen, O. D. Ratnoff, and R. W. Hanson, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 91, 4086-4090 (1994).
- An alternative method of providing cell-selective binding is to attach an entity with an ability to bind to the cell type of interest; commonly used in this respect are antibodies which can bind to specific proteins present in the cellular membranes or outer regions of the target cells. Alternative receptors have also been recognized as useful in facilitating the transport of macromolecules, such as biotin and folate receptors; see P. S. Low, M. A. Horn and P. F. Heinstein, World Patent Application WO 90/12095, published Oct. 18, 1990; P. S. Low, M. A. Horn and P. F. Heinstein, World Patent Application WO 90/12096, published Oct. 18, 1990; P. S. Low, M. A. Horn and P. F. Heinstein, U.S. Pat. No. 5,108,921, Apr. 28, 1992; C. P. Leamon and P. S. Low, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 88, 5572-5576 (1991); transferrin receptors; insulin receptors; and mannose receptors (see further below). The enumerated receptors are merely representative, and other examples will readily come to the mind of the artisan.
- The conjugation of different functionalities on the same molecule has also been utilized in the art. For example, in 1988 G. Y. Wu and C. M. Wu, J. Biol. Chem., 263, 14621-14624 (1988) described a method for cellular receptor mediated delivery of DNA to hepatocytes. This method was further described in G. Y. Wu and C. H. Wu, Biochem., 27, 887-892 (1988); G. Y. Wu and C. H. Wu, U.S. Pat. No. 5,166,320, Nov. 24, 1992; and G. Y. Wu and C. H. Wu, World Patent Application WO 92/06180, published Apr. 16, 1992. The method consists of attaching a glycoprotein, asialoorosomucoid, to poly-lysine to provide a hepatocyte selective DNA carrier. The function of the poly-lysine is to bind to the DNA through ionic interactions between the positively charged (cationic) ε amino groups of the lysines and the negatively charged (anionic) phosphate groups of the DNA. Orosomucoid is a glycoprotein which is normally present in human serum. Removal of the terminal sialic acid (N-acetyl neuraminic acid) from the branched oligosaccharides exposes terminal galactose oligosaccharides, for which hepatocyte receptors have a high affinity, as already described.
- After binding to the asialoglycoprotein receptor on hepatocytes, the protein is taken into the cell by endocytosis into a pre-lysosomal endosome. The DNA, ionically bound to the poly-lysine-asialoorosomucoid carrier, is also taken into the endosome. Additional work using this delivery system, e.g., that done by J. M. Wilson, M. Grossman, J. A. Cabrera, C. H. Wu and G. Y. Wu, J. Biol. Chem, 267, 11483-11489 (1992), has found that partial hepatectomy improves the persistence of the expression of the DNA delivered into the hepatocytes. The transfer of the DNA into cells by this mechanism is also significantly enhanced by the addition of cationic lipids; see, e.g., K. D. Mack, R. Walzem and J. B. Zeldis, Am. J. Med. Sci., 307, 138-143 (1994).
- The use of a specific asialoglycoprotein is not required to achieve binding to the asialoglycoprotein receptor; this binding can also be accomplished with high affinity by the use of small, synthetic molecules having a similar configuration. The carbohydrate portion can be removed from an appropriate glycoprotein and be conjugated to other macromolecules; see, e.g., S. J. Wood and R. Wetzel, Bioconj. Chem., 3, 391-396 (1992). By this procedure the cellular receptor binding portion of the glycoprotein is removed, and the specific portion required for selective cellular binding can be transferred to another molecule.
- There is ample literature on the preparation of synthetic glycosides which can be attached to macromolecules and confer on them the ability to bind to the corresponding galactose specific receptor. The importance of branched glycosides was recognized early; see Y. C. Lee, Carb. Res., 67, 509-514 (1978). Further work delineated that sugar density [K. Kawaguchi, M. Kuhlenschmidt, S. Roseman and Y. C. Lee, J. Biol. Chem., 256, 2230-2234 (1981)] and spacial relationships [Y. C. Lee, R. R. Townsend, M. R. Hardy, J. Lonngren, J. Arnarp, M. Haraldsson and H. Lonn, J. Biol. Chem., 258, 199-202 (1983)] are important determinants of binding potency. Reductive amination of a peptide with a branched tri-lysine amino terminus gives a ligand ending with four galactosyl residues that can be readily coupled to poly-lysine or other macromolecules; see C. Plank, K. Zatlouhal, M. Cotten, K. Mechtler and E. Wagner, Bioconj. Chem., 3, 533-539(1992); and has been used to prepare DNA constructs.
- Thiopropionate and thiohexanoate glycosidic derivatives of galactose have been prepared and linked to L-lysyl-L-lysine to form a synthetic tri-antennary galactose derivative. A bisacridine spermidine derivative containing this synthetic tri-antennary galactose has been used to target DNA to hepatocytes; see F. C. Szoka, Jr and J. Haensler, World Pat Application WO 93/19768, published Oct. 14, 1993; and J. Haensler and F. C. Szoka, Jr., Bioconj. Chem., 4, 85-93 (1993).
- Other means of providing cellular receptor based facilitation of gene transfer into cells using poly-lysine as a carrier have been described in the art. Antibodies specific for cell surface thrombomodulin have been used with poly-lysine as a delivery system for DNA in vitro and in vivo; see V. S. Trubetskoy, V. P. Torchilin, S. J. Kennel and L. Huang, Bioconj. Chem., 3, 323-327 (1992). The transferrin receptor has also been used to target DNA to erythroblasts, K562 macrophages and ML-60 leukemic cells; see E. Wagner, M. Zenke, M. Cotten, H. Beug and M. L. Birnstiel, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 87, 3410-3414 (1990); M. Zenke, P. Steinlein, E. Wagner, M. Cotten, H. Beug and M. L. Birnstiel, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 87, 3655-3659 (1990); and G. Citro, D. Perrotti, C. Cucco, I. D'Agnano, A. Sacchi, G. Zupi and B. Calabretta, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 7031-7035 (1990). These studies used both small oliogodeoxynucleotides as well as large plasmids.
- The ability of poly-lysine to facilitate DNA entry into cells is significantly enhanced if the poly-lysine is chemically modified with hydrophobic appendages; see X. Zhou and L. Huang, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1189, 195-203 (1994); complexed with cationic lipids; see K. D. Mack, R. Walzem and J. B. Zeldis, Am. J. Med. Sci., 307, 138-143 (1994) or associated with viruses. Many viruses infect specific cells by receptor mediated binding and insertion of the viral DNA/RNA into the cell; and thus this action of the virus is similar to the facilitated entry of DNA described above.
- Replication-incompetent adenovirus has been used to enhance the entry of transferrin-poly-lysine complexed DNA into cells; see D. T. Curiel, S. Agarwal, E. Wagner and M. Cotten, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 88, 8850-8854 (1991); E. Wagner, K. Zatloukal, M. Cotten, H. Kirlappos, K. Mechtler, D. T. Curiel and M. L. Birnstiel, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 6099-6103 (1992); M. Cotten, E. Wagner, K. Zatloukal, S. Phillips, D. T. Curiel and M. L. Birnstiel, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 6094-6098 (1992); and L. Gao, E. Wagner, M. Cotten S. Agarwal, C. Harris M Romer, L. Miller, P. C. Hu and D. Curiel, Hum. Gene Ther., 4, 17-24 (1993). The adenovirus enhances the entry of the poly-lysine-transferrin DNA complex when covalently attached to the poly-lysine and when attached through an antibody binding site. There does not need to be a direct attachment of the adenovirus to the poly-lysine-transferrin-DNA complex, and it can facilitate the entry of the complex when present as a simple mixture. The poly-lysine transferrin-DNA complex provides receptor specific binding to the cells and is internalized into endosomes along with the DNA. Once inside the endosomes, the adenovirus facilitates entry of the DNA/transferrin-poly-lysine complex into the cell by disruption of the endosomal compartment with subsequent release of the DNA into the cytoplasm. Replication-incompetent adenovirus has also been used to enhance the entry of uncomplexed DNA plasmids into cells without the benefit of the cell receptor selectivity conferred by the poly-lysine-transferrin complex; see K. Yoshimura, M. A. Rosenfeld, P. Seth and R. G. Crystal, J. Biol. Chem., 268, 2300-2303 (1993).
- Synthetic peptides such as the N-terminus region of the influenza hemagglutinin protein are known to destabilize membranes and are known as fusogenic peptides. Conjugates containing the influenza fusogenic peptide coupled to poly-lysine together with a peptide having a branched tri-lysine amino terminus ligand ending with four galactosyl residues have been prepared as facilitators of DNA entry into hepatocytes; see C. Plank, K. Zatlouhal, M. Cotten, K. Mechtler and E. Wagner, Bioconj. Chem., 3, 533-539 (1992). These conjugates combine the asialoglycoprotein receptor mediated binding conferred by the tetra-galactose peptide, the endosomal disrupting abilities of the influenza fusogenic peptide, and the DNA binding of the poly-lysine. These conjugates deliver DNA into the cell by a combination of receptor mediated uptake and internalization into endosomes. This internalization is followed by disruption of the endosomes by the influenza fusogenic peptide to release the DNA into the cytoplasm. In a similar fashion, the influenza fusogenic peptide can be attached to poly-lysine and mixed with the transferrin-poly-lysine complex to provide a similar DNA carrier selective for cells carrying the transferrin receptor; see E. Wagner, C. Plank, K. Zatloukal, M. Cotten and M. L. Birnstiel, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 7934-7938 (1992). Synthetically designed peptides can also be used; for example the “GALA” peptides [N. K. Subbarao, R. A. Parente, F. C. Szoka, Jr, L. Nadasdi and K. Pongracz, J. Biol. Chem., 26, 2964-2972 (1987)] have been coupled to DNA carriers and an enhanced facilitated entry into cells was observed [J. Haensler and F. C. Szoka, Jr., Bioconj. Chem., 4, 372-379 (1993)]. The cationic amphipathic peptide gramicidin S can facilitate entry of DNA into cells [J. Y. Legendre and F. C. Szoka, Jr., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 90, 893-897 (1993)], but also requires a phospholipid to achieve significant transfer of DNA.
- Poly-lysine is not unique in providing a polycationic framework for the entry of DNA into cells. DEAE-dextran has also been shown to be effective in promoting RNA and DNA entry into cells; see R. Juliano and E. Mayhew, Exp. Cell. Res. 73, 3-12 (1972); and E. Mayhew and R. Juliano, Exp. Cell. Res. 77, 409-414 (1973). More recently, a dendritic cascade co-polymer of ethylenediamine and methyl acrylate has been shown to be useful in providing a carrier of DNA which facilitates entry into cells; see J. Haensler and F. C. Szoka, Jr., Bioconj. Chem., 4, 372-379 (1993). An alkylated polyvinylpyridine polymer has also been used to facilitate DNA entry into cells; see A. V. Kabanov, I. V. Astafieva, I. V. Maksimova, E. M. Lukanidin, G. P. Georgiev and V. A. Kabanov, Bioconj. Chem., 4, 448-454 (1993).
- Positively charged liposomes have also been widely used as carriers of DNA which facilitate entry into cells; see, e.g., F. C. Szoka, Jr. and J. Haensler, World Pat Application WO 93/19768, published Oct. 14, 1993; R. J. Debs and N. Zhu, World Patent Application WO 93/24640, published Dec. 9, 1993; P. L. Felgner, R. Kumar, C. Basava, R. C. Border and J. Y. Hwang-Felgner, World Patent Application WO 91/16024, published Oct. 31, 1991; P. L. Felgner and G. M. Ringold, Nature, 337, 387-388 (1989); J. K. Rose, L. Buonocore and M. A. Whitt, BioTechniques, 10, 520-525 (1991); C. F. Bennett, M. Y. Chiang, H. Chan, J. E. E. Schoemaker and C. K. Mirabelli, Mol. Pharm. 41, 1023-1033 (1992); J. H. Felgner, R. Kumar, C. N. Sridhar, C. J. Wheeler, Y. J. Tsai, R. Border, P. Ramsey, M. Martin and P. L. Felgner, J. Biol. Chem., 269, 2550-2561 (1994); J. G. Smith, R. L. Walzem and J. B. German, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1154, 327-340 (1993). These carrier compositions have also included pH sensitive liposomes; see C. J. Chu, J. Dijkstra, M. Z. Lai, K. Hong and F. C. Szoka, Jr., Pharm. Res., 7, 824-854 (1990); J. Y. Legendre and F. C. Szoka, Jr., Pharm. Res., 9, 1253-1242 (1992).
- A poly-cationic lipid has been prepared by coupling dioctadecylamidoglycine and dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine to a 5-carboxyspermine; see J. P. Behr, B. Demeniex, J. P. Loeffler and J. Perez-Mutul, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 86, 6982-6986 (1989); F. Barthel, J. S. Remy, J. P. Loeffler and J. P. Behr, DNA and Cell Biol., 12, 553-560 (1993); J. P. Loeffler and J. P. Behr, Meth. Enzymol., 217, 599-618 (1993); J. P. Behr and J. P. Loeffler, U.S. Pat. No. 5,171,678, Dec. 15, 1992. These lipophilic-spermines are very active in transferring DNA through cellular membranes.
- Combinations of lipids have been used to facilitate the transfer of nucleic acids into cells. For example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,185 there is disclosed such a method which utilizes a mixed lipid dispersion of a cationic lipid with a co-lipid in a suitable solvent. The lipid has a structure which includes a lipophilic group derived from cholesterol, a linker bond, a linear alkyl spacer arm, and a cationic amino group; and the co-lipid is phosphatidylcholine or phosphatidylethanolamine.
- Macrophages have receptors for both mannose and mannose-6-phosphate which can bind to and internalize molecules displaying these sugars. The molecules are internalized by endocytosis into a pre-lysosomal endosome. This internalization has been used to enhance entry of oligonucleotides into macrophages using bovine serum albumin modified with mannose-6-phosphate and linked to an oligodeoxynucleotide by a disulfide bridge to a modified 3′ end; see E. Bonfils, C. Depierreux, P. Midoux, N. T. Thuong, M. Monsigny and A. C. Roche, Nucl. Acids Res. 20, 4621-4629 (1992). Similarly, oligodeoxynucleotides modified at the 3′ end with biotin were combined with mannose-modified streptavidin, and were also found to have facilitated entry into macrophages; see E. Bonfils, C. Mendes, A. C. Roche, M. Monsigny and P. Midoux, Bioconj. Chem., 3, 277-284 (1992).
- Various peptides and proteins, many of which are naturally occurring, have been shown to have receptors on cell surfaces, that once they are attached thereto, allow them to become internalized by endocytosis. Materials bound to these receptors are delivered to endosomal compartments inside the cell. Examples include insulin, vasopressin, low density lipoprotein, epidermal growth factor and others. This internalization has also been used to facilitate entry of DNA into cells; e.g., insulin has been conjugated to polylysine to provide facilitated DNA entry into cells possessing an insulin receptor; see B. Huckett, M. Ariatti and A. O. Hawtrey, Biochem. Pharmacol., 40, 253-263 (1990).
- The present invention relates to a multifunctional molecular complex for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to a target cell comprising in any functional combination: 1) said nucleic acid composition; 2) one or more cationic polyamine components bound to said nucleic acid composition, each comprising from three to twelve nitrogen atoms; 3) one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components attached to at least one nitrogen atom of at least one of said polyamine components, through an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl bridging group, comprising a) at least one lipophilic long chain alkyl group, b) a fusogenic peptide comprising spike glycoproteins of enveloped animal viruses, or c) cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivatives; and optionally 4) one or more receptor specific binding components which are ligands for natural receptors of said target cell, attached through an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl bridging group to either a) a further nitrogen atom of at least one of said polyamine components to which said one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components is attached, or b) a nitrogen atom of at least one further polyamine component which does not have attached thereto any endosome membrane disruption promoting component.
- The present invention further relates to a self-assembling delivery system for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to a target cell comprising the following separate components capable of being brought together and chemically joined into a molecular complex by simple mixing: A) said nucleic acid composition to be transferred; and B) a delivery vehicle, referred to herein as the “transfer moiety”, comprising a) one or more cationic polyamine components which will bind, i.e., which are capable of being bound to said nucleic acid composition, each comprising from three to twelve nitrogen atoms; b) one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components attached to at least one nitrogen atom of at least one of said polyamine components, through an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl bridging group, comprising i) at least one lipophilic long chain alkyl group, ii) a fusogenic peptide comprising spike glycoproteins of enveloped animal viruses, or iii) cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivatives; and optionally iv) one or more receptor specific binding components which are ligands for natural receptors of said target cell, attached through an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl bridging group to either a) a further nitrogen atom of at least one of said polyamine components to which said one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components is attached, or b) a nitrogen atom of at least one further polyamine component which does not have attached thereto any endosome membrane disruption promoting component.
- The present invention also includes the transfer moiety, described in detail immediately above, as a separate composition of matter.
- The present invention also relates to a method for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to target cells on an in vitro basis. The method comprises the step of contacting said target cells with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes said nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby transferring to said cells, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that either encodes a desired peptide or protein, or serves as a template for functional nucleic acid molecules. The desired protein or functional nucleic acid molecule may be any product of industrial, commercial or scientific interest, e.g., therapeutic agents including vaccines; foodstuffs and nutritional supplements; compounds of agricultural significance such as herbicides and plant growth regulants, insecticides, miticides, rodenticides, and fungicides; compounds useful in animal health such as parasiticides including nematocides; and so forth. The target cells are typically cultures of host cells comprising microoganism cells such as bacteria and yeast, but may also include plant and mammalian cells. The cell cultures are maintained in accordance with fermentation techniques well known in the art, which maximize production of the desired protein or functional nucleic acid molecule, and the fermentation products are harvested and purified by known methods.
- The present invention further relates to a method for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to the cells of an individual. The method comprises the step of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes said nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby administering to the cells, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that either encodes a desired peptide or protein, or serves as a template for functional nucleic acid molecules. The nucleic acid molecule is administered free from retroviral particles. The desired protein may either be a protein which functions within the individual or serves to initiate an immune response. The nucleic acid molecule may be administered to the cells of said individual on either an in vivo or ex vivo basis, i.e., the contact with the cells of the individual may take place within the body of the individual in accordance with the procedures which are most typically employed, or the contact with the cells of the individual may take place outside the body of the individual by withdrawing cells which it is desired to treat from the body of the individual by various suitable means, followed by contacting of said cells with said nucleic acid molecule, followed in turn by return of said cells to the body of said individual.
- The present invention also concerns a method of immunizing an individual against a pathogen. The method comprises the step of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes a nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby administering to the cells, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide which comprises at least an epitope identical to, or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on said pathogen as antigen, and said nucleotide sequence is operatively linked to regulatory sequences. The nucleic acid molecule is capable of being expressed in the cells of the individual.
- The present invention relates to methods of immunizing an individual against a hyperproliferative disease or an autoimmune disease. The methods comprise the step of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes a nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby administering to cells of the individual, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide that comprises at least an epitope identical to or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on a hyperproliferative disease-associated protein or an autoimmune disease-associated protein, respectively, and is operatively linked to regulatory sequences. The nucleic acid molecule being capable of being expressed in the cells.
- The present invention also relates to methods of treating an individual suffering from an autoimmune disease comprising the steps of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes a nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, thereby administering to cells of said individual, a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence which restores the activity of an absent, defective or inhibited gene, or which encodes a protein that produces a therapeutic effect in the individual, and is operatively linked to regulatory sequences; the nucleic acid molecule being capable of being expressed in said cells.
- The present invention still further relates to pharmaceutical compositions which comprise a multifunctional molecular complex which includes a nucleic acid composition, as detailed further above, including pharmaceutically acceptable salt and ester forms of said molecular complex, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In this regard, the present invention also relates to pharmaceutical kits which comprise a container comprising a nucleic acid composition, and a container comprising a transfer moiety. Optionally, there is included in such kits excipients, carriers, preservatives and vehicles such as solvents.
- In accordance with one embodiment of the present invention there is provided a multifunctional molecular complex for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to a target cell, which provides for a high level of transfection and expression of the nucleic acid molecules in the target, i.e., host cell. This multifunctional molecular complex comprises essentially the combination of two key elements, (I) the nucleic acid composition which it is desired to transfer to the target cell, and (II) the transfer moiety, which complexes with the nucleic acid molecule, and comprises several components whose function is i) to locate the desired target cell within the body of an individual by means of a receptor specific binding component responsive to a specific receptor on the membrane surface of said target cell; ii) to overcome the incompatibility arising from the hydrophilic nature of the nucleic acid molecule and the lipophilic nature of the cell membrane so that the former can pass through the latter; and iii) to prevent degradation of the nucleic acid molecule in a lysosome of said target cell, by disrupting the pre-lysosome, endosome formation stage, which is accomplished by means of an endosome membrane disrupting component which permits the multifunctional molecular complex to escape from an endosome formed as a result of the target cell's process of endocytosis or pinocytosis, whereby the multifunctional molecular complex enters the target cell and is incorporated into said endosome.
- The components of the transfer moiety are as follows: A) a cationic polyamine component bound to said nucleic acid composition, comprising from three to twelve nitrogen atoms; B) an endosome membrane disruption promoting component comprising at least one lipophilic long chain alkyl group attached to a nitrogen atom of said polyamine, or a shorter alkyl bridging group having a terminal carboxyl, amino, hydroxyl or sulfhydryl group to which there is attached a fusogenic peptide, or cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivative; and optionally C) one or more receptor specific binding components which are ligands for natural receptors of said target cell, attached to a shorter alkyl bridging group attached to a further nitrogen atom of said polyamine, through said terminal group thereof.
- The transfer moiety may be represented as one or more independently selected cationic polyamine components of the formula (1):
NR(R3)—[—(CR1R2)m—N(R3)—]n 13 (CR1R2)m—NR(R3) (1)
wherein: -
- R, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl;
- m in each occurrence is independently selected from the integers 2 through 5 inclusive; and is preferably 3 or 4;
- is selected from the integers 1 through 10 inclusive; and is preferably 1 to 6;
- R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl; and one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components independently selected from the group consisting of:
- a) —B—(CR1R2)j—C(R)3, where R, R1 and R2 are each independently defined as above; j is an integer from 6 to 24 inclusive, preferably 8 to 18, more preferably 8 to 12 inclusive; and B is optionally absent, or is a bridging group of the formula:
- i) —(CR1R2)k—C(═O)-Z-;
- ii) —(CR1R2)k—N(R)—C(═O)-Z-;
- iii) —(CR1R2)k—N(R)—{—C(═O)—CH2—O—[——(CH2)2—O—]l—(CH2)k—N(R)}p—C(═O)-Z-; or
- iv) —(CR1R2)k—C(═O)—{—N(R)—[—(CH2)2—O—]l—CH2—C(═O)}p-Z-;
where k is, independently, an integer from 1 to 6 inclusive, preferably 3 to 5, 1 is an integer from 0 to 30 inclusive, preferably 4 to 9, and p is an integer from 1 to 3 inclusive, preferably 1; R, R1 and R2 are each independently defined as above; and Z is O, S, N(R), or is absent, i.e., a single bond;- b) —B—(R4)R, where R, R1 and R2 are each independently defined as above; B cannot be absent and is a bridging group independently selected from groups i) through iv) above, and additionally from the group of the formula:
- v) —(C R1R2)j, —X—, where j′ is an integer from 1 to 8 inclusive, preferably 2 to 6 inclusive, and more preferably 5; R, R1 and R2 are each independently defined as above;
- X is O, S, N(R), or absent; and
- R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- i) fusogenic peptides comprising spike glycoproteins of enveloped animal viruses;
- ii) cholic acid derivatives of the formula (2):
where:- represents a bond of unspecified stereochemistry;
- represents a single or double bond, i.e., a saturated or unsaturated portion of the ring system, provided that they cannot both be unsaturated at the same time, i.e., the ring system must be either Δ4 or Δ5;
- R6 is —H, —OH, —CO2H, —C(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NH2, NH2, or —O(CH2CH2O)n H, where n′ is an integer from 1 to 6 inclusive;
- R7 is a radical that forms the point of attachment of the cholic acid derivative, comprising —C1-6alkyl- or —C1-6alkylcarbonyl-; and
- R8 is C1-6alkyl, especially CH3; including the preferred cholic acid derivatives 3α, 7α, 12α-trihydroxy-5β-cholan-24-oic ester or amide; and
- iii) cholesteryl derivatives of the formula (3):
where:- represents a bond of unspecified stereochemistry;
- represents a single or double bond, i.e., a saturated or unsaturated portion of the ring system, provided that they cannot both be unsaturated at the same time, i.e., the ring system must be either Δ4 or Δ5;
- R6a is a radical that forms the point of attachment of the cholesteryl derivative, comprising —C1-6alkyl-, —OC(═O)—, or —OCH2C(═O)—;
- R7a is C1-6alkyl, especially (CH2)3CH(CH3)—2; and
- R8a is C1-6alkyl, especially CH3; including the preferred cholesteryl derivatives cholest-5-en-3′-β-carbonate, —β-carbamate, or -β-methylenecarboxamide;
- PROVIDED THAT R3 is one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components attached to at least one nitrogen atom of at least one of said cationic polyamine components; and
- OPTIONALLY, R3 may be one or more groups defined below, attached either to a further nitrogen atom of at least one of said cationic polyamine components to which said one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components is attached, or to a nitrogen atom of at least one further polyamine component which does not have attached thereto any endosome membrane disruption promoting component:
- c) —B—(R5)R, where B cannot be absent, and is a bridging group independently selected from groups i) through v) inclusive; R is independently defined as above; and
- R5 is a receptor specific binding component independently selected from the group consisting of:
- i) D-biotin;
- ii) β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside;
- iii) N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysine;
- iv) N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysine;
- v) 5-methyltetrahydrofolate;
- vi) folic acid;
- vii) folinic acid;
- viii) α-3′-propionyl thiomannoside; and
- ix) α-3′-propionyl thiomannoside-6-phosphate.
The Nucleic Acid Composition - The two basic components of the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention are the nucleic acid composition and the transfer moiety. By “nucleic acid composition” is meant any one or more of the group of compounds in which one or more molecules of phosphoric acid are combined with carbohydrate, i.e., pentose or hexose, molecules, which are in turn combined with bases derived from purine, e.g., adenine, and from pyrimidine, e.g., thymine. Particular naturally occurring nucleic acid molecules include genomic deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and genomic ribonucleic acid (RNA), as well as the several different forms of the latter, e.g., messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA (tRNA), and ribosomal RNA (rRNA). Also included are the different DNA's which are complementary (cDNA) to the different RNA's. Synthesized DNA or a hybrid thereof with naturally occurring DNA, is contemplated.
- The nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention may be either single-stranded or double-stranded, may be linear or circular, e.g., a plasmid, and are either oligo- or polynucleotides. They may comprise as few as 15 bases or base pairs, or may include as many as 20 thousand bases or base pairs (20 kb). Since the transfer moiety is employed on a pro rata basis when added to the nucleic acid composition, practical considerations of physical transport will largely govern the upper limit on the size of nucleic acid compositions which can be utilized.
- In addition to these naturally occurring materials, the nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention can also include synthetic compositions, i.e., nucleic acid analogs. These have been found to be particularly useful in antisense methodology, which is the complementary hybridization of relatively short oligonucleotides to single-stranded RNA or single-stranded DNA, such that the normal, essential functions of these intracellular nucleic acids are disrupted. See, e.g., Cohen, Oligonucleotides: Antisense Inhibitors of Gene Expression, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla. (1989).
- The size, nature and specific sequence of the nucleic acid composition to be transferred to the target cell can be optimized for the particular application for which it is intended, and such optimization is well within the skill of the artisan in this field. However, the nature of the target cells within the individual into which it is desired to transfer a nucleic acid composition, may have a significant bearing on the choice of the particular multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention. For example, where it is desired to transfer nucleic acid molecules to target cells by injecting them intramuscularly to evoke an immune response, it will be found that this transfer can be effected by use of a multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention, as defined above, comprising a cationic polyamine to which is attached, as the endosome membrane disruption promoting component, a lipophilic long chain alkyl group as defined above. Where the target cells are hepatocytes, for example, transfer of the desired nucleic acid composition is readily effected by use of the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention wherein there is attached to the cationic polyamine a receptor specific binding component which will permit discrimination among body cells, comprising, e.g., N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysine, or N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysine.
- The nucleic acid composition to be transferred to a target cell in accordance with the present invention must have an appropriate open reading frame and promoter to express a protein, as well as any other regulatory sequences which may be appropriate to expression. Nucleic acid compositions to be delivered by means of the methods of the present invention can be designed and constructed so as to be appropriate for the particular application desired, all of which is well within the ordinary skill of the artisan in this field.
- The nucleic acid molecules which are delivered to cells using the multifunctional molecular complex and methods of the present invention may serve as: 1) genetic templates for proteins that function as prophylactic and/or therapeutic immunizing agents; 2) replacement copies of defective, missing or non-functioning genes; 3) genetic templates for therapeutic proteins; 4) genetic templates for antisense molecules and as antisense molecules per se; or 5) genetic templates for ribozymes.
- In the case of nucleic acid molecules which encode proteins, the nucleic acid molecules preferably comprise the necessary regulatory sequences for transcription and translation in the target cells of the individual animal to which they are delivered.
- In the case of nucleic acid molecules which serve as templates for antisense molecules and ribozymes, such nucleic acid molecules are preferably linked to regulatory elements necessary for production of sufficient copies of the antisense and ribozyme molecules encoded thereby respectively. The nucleic acid molecules are free from retroviral particles and are preferably provided as DNA in the form of plasmids.
- The Transfer Moiety
- The core, or backbone of the transfer moiety is the cationic polyamine, containing between 3 and 12 amines. There may be more than one of these cationic polyamine components, whose function is to overcome the incompatibility arising from the hydrophilic nature of the nucleic acid molecule and the lipophilic nature of the cell membrane, although this by itself will not permit the former to pass through the latter. The cationic groups of the polyamine bind to the anionic groups of the nucleic acid through ionic bonding, thus neutralizing those charges and also serving as a point of attachment for the complex. One μg of DNA contains 3.1 nanomoles of phosphate anionic charges, assuming a mean molecular weight of 325 for a nucleotide sodium salt. The transfer moiety of the present invention will not become effective in achieving transfer of the nucleic acid composition until the anionic charges of said nucleic acid are substantially neutralized by the cationic charges of the polyamine component of the transfer moiety.
- It will be appreciated that in one embodiment of the present invention, a single cationic polyamine can be employed which, conceptually, balances the anionic charges of the nucleic acid in a more or less stoichiometric fashion, although it will be understood that, as a practical matter, it will be necessary to employ amounts of cationic polyamine which are significantly in excess of the stoichiometric amount, because of the presence of competing binding sites in target and other cells, whose existence is well known to the artisan and which competitively prevent or otherwise interfere with the binding of the polyamine to the nucleic acid as desired. It is also contemplated that more than one such cationic polyamine can be employed, in which case each polyamine chain or piece is smaller than the corresponding nucleic acid to which it will become bound. It will be understood, however, that the total size or length of these individual cationic polyamine components should together be substantially the same size or length as the nucleic acid component, in order for neutralization of the anionic charges of the nucleic acid to take place. Again, it will be understood that for practical reasons, a significant excess of cationic polyamine components, over the amount of nucleic acid component present, will be necessary. Using more than one cationic polyamine component permits flexibility with respect to the types of groups that are attached thereto. For example, one cationic polyamine component may carry a particular endosome membrane disruption promoting component, while another cationic polyamine component carries a receptor specific binding component, or perhaps a different endosome membrane disruption promoting component. The total number of such cationic polyamine components is variable, and will depend not only on the size or length of the nucleic acid component, but on the number and type of groups attached thereto as well.
- Transfer efficiency, i.e., transfection, does not become optimum until the multifunctional molecular complex, the combination of the transfer moiety and the nucleic acid, bears a strong positive charge. Thus, the amount of transfer moiety must be selected with this in mind, and the actual amount chosen be depend on the charge density thereof, which can be calculated by means well known in the art.
- The triamine, tetraamine, pentaamine and higher polyamine components of the transfer moiety must be cationic in order to be functional, as explained above. This can be accomplished by the simple expedient of making an acid addition salt, e.g., the hydrochloride salt, where ammonium chloride units are formed. It may also be the case that the cationic form of the polyamine is formed under conditions of physiologic pH, in which case it is not necessary to form the cation directly. Thus, the term “cationic polyamine” is intended to include both of these possibilities.
- It is contemplated that the number of amine groups that it is desired to have present in the polyamine will depend to some extent on the mode of administration of the multifunctional molecular complex that is used. For example, it is contemplated that for intramuscular administration, it is preferred to have from 3 to 5 amine groups in the polyamine; whereas, for systemic injection, e.g., intravenous injection, it is preferred to have from 5 to 8 amine goups in the polyamine. For in vitro applications generally, it is preferred to have from 5 to 8 amine groups in the polyamine.
- The next component of the transfer moiety is the endosome membrane disruption promoting component, which is required to be present. This can either comprise one or more lipophilic long chain alkyl groups attached through one or more of the nitrogen atoms of said polyamine, or can comprise a bridging group “B”, e.g., a shorter alkyl linking moiety, optionally with a terminal amino, hydroxyl or sulfhydryl group, through which there is attached a fusogenic peptide, or cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivative compound.
- The lipophilic long chain alkyl group is defined by the formula: —B—(CR1R2)j—C(R)3, where B is a bridging group as defined; R, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl; and j is an integer from 6 to 24 inclusive, preferably 8 to 18, more preferably 8 to 12 inclusive.
- The group “—B—” may be absent, i.e., a single bond, where R3 is the endosome membrane disruption promoting component comprising a lipophilic long chain alkyl group as defined under “a)” above. The group “—B—” may also be a bridging element which is a member independently selected from the group consisting of:
- i) —(CR1R2)k—C(═O)—N(R)—;
- ii) —(CR1R2)k—N(R)—C(═O)—O—;
- iii) —(CR1R2)k—N(R)—{—C(═O)—CH2—O—[——(CH2)2—O—]l—(CH2)k—N(R)}p—C(═O)-z-;
- iv) —(CR1R2)k—C(═O)—{—N(R)—[—(CH2)2—O—]l—CH2—C(═O)}p—N(R)-z-; or
- v) —(CR1R2)j—X—,
where the various substituents are as defined above. - Where the endosome membrane disruption promoting component, rather than being a lipophilic long chain alkyl group, is instead a fusogenic peptide or a cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivative compound, the bridging group “B” is required to be present, and will be a member independently selected from the group i) through v) above. This selection will be dependent upon the required or desired type of chemical linkage to be present. For example, members i) and iv) are carboxamide linkages, whereas members ii) and iii) are carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl linkages, depending upon whether “Z” is O, S or absent, respectively. For member v), the linkages will be oxy, thio, amino, or alkylene, depending upon whether “X” is O, S, N(R), or absent, respectively. The endosome membrane disruption promoting component, on the other hand, may have a carbonyl, amino, or some other terminal group, which can determine the choice of bridging member to be used. All such choices, however, are well within the skill of the artisan in this field.
- Most simply, the bridging group can be an alkylene linking moiety used primarily for steric considerations. However, the other bridging groups may also be desirable for imparting various physical and chemical, as well as configurational properties to the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention. The polyethylene glycol group can be especially useful in this regard.
- The term “C1-6 alkyl”, as used above, and throughout the description of the present invention, refers to straight and branched chain alkyl groups including, but not limited to methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, and n-pentyl.
- In the formula for the lipophilic long chain alkyl group above, it is preferred that R, R1 and R2 are all hydrogen, and, as indicated that j be an integer from 8 to 18 inclusive. There must be at least one of these lipophilic long chain alkyl groups present, but preferably there are no more than three such groups present. It is preferred to have only one such group. Thus, examples of preferred transfer moieties of the present invention, where the endosome membrane disruption promoting component is a lipophilic long chain alkyl group as described above, are N4-octylspermidine, N4-dodecylspermidine, N4-octadecylspermidine, N4-octylspermine, N4-dodecylspermine, and N4-octadecylspermine.
- The endosome membrane disruption promoting component can also comprise a shorter alkyl bridging group, optionally having a terminal amino, hydroxyl or sulfhydryl group through which there is attached a fusogenic peptide, or cholesterol or derivative compound. Such a component may be represented by the formula —B—(R4)R, where the B group is —(CR1R2)j′-x-, where R, R1 and R1 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl; j′ is an integer from 1 to 6 inclusive, preferably 2 to 4 inclusive; X is O, S, N(R), or absent.
- It is preferred that R, R1 and R2 each be hydrogen, and as indicated, that j′ be 2 to 4, while X is defined as N. Thus, the shorter alkyl bridging group will preferably be ethyl, n-propyl, or n-butyl, and will have a terminal amino group to which is attached the fusogenic peptide, or cholic acid or cholesteryl or derivative compound, which comprises the endosome membrane disruption promoting component.
- Alternatively, other of the members of the “B” bridging group can be chosen. For example, member i) provides an alkyl bridging moiety with a carboxamide linkage, the most simple representative of which would be the group —(CH2)—C(═O)—NH—. Member ii) provides an alkylene bridging moiety with a carbamate type of linkage; and the most simple representative of this member would be the group —(CH2)—NH—C(═O)—, which is a carbamoyl type of linkage. A carbamate linkage would be represented by the group —(CH2)—NH—C(═O)—O—, while a simple variant of this group would provide a thiocarbamate linkage: —(CH2)—NH—C(═O)—S—. Members iii) and iv) provide the same terminal linkage variants, while adding to the alkyl bridging moiety a polyethylene glycol bridging moiety of variable size, i.e., number of repeating ethylene oxide monomer units, depending upon the definitions of “1” and “p”.
- The fusogenic peptide which functions as an endosome membrane disruption promoting component, comprises the spike glycoproteins of enveloped animal viruses known in the art. Membrane fusion, whether planar or annular, comprises the stages of initial approach, coalescence, and separation. Fusion reactions are rapid, highly specific, and non-leaky. The membrane proteins of enveloped animal viruses comprise glycoproteins which span the bilayer of the virus membrane and have the bulk of their mass externally, and non-spanning, nonglycosylated proteins associated with the inner bilayer surface. The glycoproteins form radial projections on the surface of the virus membrane, and these spike glycoproteins play a key role in virus entry into host cells. Spike glycoproteins are among the best-characterized virus membrane proteins. In cell entry the spike glycoproteins are responsible for attachment of the virus particle to the cell surface, and for penetration of the nucleocapsid into the cytosol, where, after endocytosis of the virus particle, the spike glycoproteins play a role in fusion with the limiting membrane of the endosome, whereby the nucleocapsid reenters the cytosol. In some enveloped animal viruses, the spike glycoproteins take on a specialized character, e.g., in orthomyxoviruses, where one is a neuraminidase and another is a haemagglutinin. All of these fusogenic peptides, in terms of their amino acid sequences, gross morphology, role in the overall process of fusion, and requirements for activity, have been the subject of long term study and have been disclosed in detail in the technical literature. See, e.g., J. White, M. Kielian and A. Helenius, Quarterly Reviews of Biophysics, 16, 151-195 (1983), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Examples of such fusogenic peptides and homologues derived from spike glycoproteins of enveloped viruses, include the following peptide sequences reading from N-terminus to C-terminus:
-
- SEQ ID NO:1: KFTIVFPHNQKGNWKNVPSNYHYCP (R. Schlegel and M. Wade, J. Biol. Chem., 259, 4691-94 (1984))-VSV;
- poly (Glu-Aib-Leu-Aib) (K. Kono, H. Nishii and T. Takagishi, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1164, 81-90 (1993));
- SEQ ID NO:2: AVGIGALFLGFLGAAGSTMGAASMTLTVQARQ-HIV-1;
- SEQ ID NO:3: EPVSLTLALLLGGLTMGGIAAGVGTGTTALVATQQ-MuLV (J. S. Jones and R. Risser, J. Virol., 67, 67-74 (1993));
- SEQ ID NO:4: AVGIGALFLGFLGAAGSTMGARS-HIV-1 (J. L. Nieva, S. Nir, A. Muga, F. M. Goi and J. Wilschut, Biochem., 33, 3201-09 (1994));
- SEQ ID NO:5: AVGAIGALFLGFLGAAG-HIV-1 (S. Soukchareun, G. W. Tregear and J. Haralambidis, Bioconj. Chem., 6, 43-53 (1995));
- ID NO:6: GLFEAIAEFIEGGWEGLIEGCA-HA-2 (P. Midoux, C. Mendes, A. Legrand, J. Raimond, R. Mayer, M. Monsigny and A. C. Roche, Nucl. Acids Res., 21, 871-78 (1993));
- SEQ ID NO:7: GLFGAIAGFIENGWEGMIDGWYGFR-HA-2;
- SEQ ID NO:8: AVGIGALFLGFLGAAGSTMGAAS-HIV-1 gp41;
- SEQ ID NO:9: FAGVVIGLAALGVATAANVTAAVALVK-SV5 F1;
- SEQ ID NO:10: KVYTGVYPFMWGGAYCFCD-SFV E1;
- SEQ ID NO:11: KLICTGISSIPPIRALFAAINIP-PH-30 α (J. M. White, Science, 258, 917-24 (1992));
- SEQ ID NO:12: FFGAVIGTIALGVATATAAQIT-Sendai F1;
- SEQ ID NO:13: FAGVVIGLAALGVATATAAQVT-SV5 F1;
- SEQ ID NO:14: FIGAIIGGVALGVATATAAQIT-NDV F1;
- SEQ ID NO:15: GLFGAIAGFIENGWEGMIDGWYGFRHQN-HA-2X:31;
- SEQ ID NO:16: GLFGAIAGFIENGWEGLVDGWYGFRHQN-HA-2 FPV;
- SEQ ID NO:17: GFFGAIAGFLEGGWEGMIAGWHGYTSHG-HA-2 B/Lee;
- SEQ ID NO:18: FVAAIILGISALIAIITSFAVATTALVKEM-MMTV gp36;
- SEQ ID NO:19: EPVSLTLALLLGGLTMGGIAAGIGTGTTALMATQQFQQLQAA VQDDLREVEKS-MoMLV pISE;
- SEQ ID NO:20: EPVSLTLALLLGGLTMGGIAAGVGTFTTALVATQQFQQLHAA VQDDLKE-VEKS-F-MuLV p15E;
- SEQ ID NO:21: EPVSLTLLLLGGL™ GGIAGVGTG-TTALVATQQFQQLQAA MHDDLKEVEKS-AKV p15E;
- SEQ ID NO:22: DYQCKVYTGVYPFMWGGAYCFCDSENT-SFV E1;
- SEQ ID NO:23: DYTCKVFGGVYPFMWGGAQCFCDSENS-Sindbis E1 (J. White, M Kielian and A. Helenius, Q. Rev. Biophys., 16, 151-95 (1983));
- SEQ ID NO:24: FAGVVLAGAALGVAAAAQI-measles;
- SEQ ID NO:25: FAGVVLAGAALGVATAAQI-measles (P. L. Yeagle, R. M. Epand, C. D. Richardson and T. D. Flanagan, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1065, 49-53 (1991));
- SEQ ID NO:26: GLFGAIAGFIENGWEGMIDGGGC-HA-2 (E. Wagner, C. Plank, K. Zatloukal, M. Cotten and M. L. Birnstiel, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 89, 7934-38 (1992));
- SEQ ID NO:27: GLFGAIAGFIENGWEGMIDG-X31F/68 HA-2;
- SEQ ID NO:28: GIFGAIAGFIENGWEGMIDG-VIC/75 HA-2;
- SEQ ID NO:29: GLFGAIAGFIEGGWTGMIDG-PR/8/34 HA-2;
- SEQ ID NO:30: GLFGAIAGFIEGGWEGMVDG-Jap/57 HA-2;
- SEQ ID NO:31: GLFGAIAGFIEGGWEGLVDG-PPV/34 HA-2; and
- SEQ ID NO:32: GFFGAIAGFLEGGWEGMIAG-X31F/68 HA-2 (J. D. Lear and W. F. DeGrado, J. Biol. Chem., 262, 6500-05 (1987)).
- One of ordinary skill in the art would readily recognize that other such fusogenic peptides could be used in the invention including peptides functionally equivalent to those described but having one or more amino acid additions, deletions, or substitutions, especially those having conserved amino acid substitutions.
-
-
- represents a bond of unspecified stereochemistry;
- represents a single or double bond, i.e., a saturated or unsaturated portion of the ring system, provided that they cannot both be unsaturated at the same time, i.e., the ring system must be either Δ4 or Δ5;
- R6 is H, OH, CO2H, —C(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NH2, —NH2, or —O(CH2CH2O)n,H, where n′ is an integer from 1 to 6 inclusive;
- R7 is a radical that forms the point of attachment of the cholic acid derivative, comprising —C1-6alkyl- or —C1-6alkylcarbonyl-; and
- R8 is C1-6alkyl, especially CH3. It is preferred that the cholic acid and derivative compounds comprise one or more members selected from the group consisting of 3α, 7α, 12α-trihydroxy-5β-cholan-24-oic ester and amide.
-
-
- where:
- represents a bond of unspecified stereochemistry;
- represents a single or double bond, i.e., a saturated or unsaturated portion of the ring system, provided that they cannot both be unsaturated at the same time, i.e., the ring system must be either Δ4 or Δ5;
- R6a is a radical that forms the point of attachment of the cholic acid derivative, comprising —C1-6alkyl-, —OC(═O)—, or —OCH2C(═O)—;
- R7a is C1-6alkyl, especially (CH2)3CH(CH3)2; and
- R8a is C1-6alkyl, especially CH3. It is preferred that the cholesteryl and derivative compounds comprise one or more members selected from the group consisting of cholest-5-en-3′-β-carbonate, -β-carbamate, and -β-methylene-carboxamide.
- An optional embodiment of the present invention is to provide for a receptor specific binding component which helps effect transfer of nucleic acid compositions to target cells, especially eukaryotic cells, by taking advantage of the natural receptor-mediated endocytosis pathways which exist in those cells. The receptor specific binding component is thus a ligand for the natural receptor, and can thus assist in binding of the multifunctional molecular complex to the target cell. Endocytosis or pinocytosis will then take place whereby the entire complex is transferred into the target cell, enclosed in an endosome.
- The receptor specific binding component serves the important function of allowing the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention to be targeted to specific cell populations, e.g., hepatocytes. The binding component facilitates location of the desired target cells within the body of the animal to which the complex is being administered, with subsequent attachment of the complex to the target cells.
- Where the receptor specific binding component is employed, there will also be present on the multifunctional molecular complex an endosome membrane disruption promoting component, as defined further above. Accordingly, once the binding component has located the desired target cell within the individual, and attached the complex to said cell by binding to said receptor, the complex will be transferred into said cell by endocytosis, whereupon it will be enclosed within an endosome. At this point, the endosome membrane disruption promoting component assumes its important role by disrupting said membrane, allowing escape of the complex into the cytoplasm of said cell.
- During the normal course of events in the target cell, endosome formation is a prelude to targeting of any foreign protein to lysosomes where degradation of the foreign protein by hydrolytic enzymes will take place. Consequently, accumulation in lysosomal compartments can be a major obstacle to the effectiveness of nucleic acid delivery systems. The multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention would suffer the same fate, were it not for the presence of the endosome membrane disruption promoting component. This component permits the complex to escape from the endosome, whereupon it can migrate into the nucleus of the target cell, and release the nucleic acid composition, whose genetic information can then be transcribed within said nucleus. Although the precise mechanisms which make up these steps and pathways are not well understood, expression of the nucleic acid molecule contained in the multifunctional molecular complex does take place, as is demonstrated in the working examples further below.
- The receptor specific binding component may be represented by the formula: —B—(R5)R, where R, R1 and R2 are each independently hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; B may be, inter alia, —(C R1R2)j′—X—, where R1 and R2 are as defined above, X is N(R), and j′ is an integer from 1 to 6 inclusive, preferably 2 to 4 inclusive; and R5 is a receptor specific binding component independently selected from the group consisting of:
- i) D-biotin;
- ii) β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside;
- iii) N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysine;
- iv) N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysine;
- v) 5-methyltetrahydrofolate;
- vi) folic acid;
- vii) folinic acid;
- viii) α-3′-propionyl thiomannoside; and
- ix) α-3′-propionyl thiomannoside-6-phosphate.
- It is preferred that R, R1 and R2 each be hydrogen, and as indicated, that j′ be 2 to 6. Thus, the shorter alkyl bridging group will preferably be ethyl, n-propyl, or n-butyl, and the receptor specific binding component is attached to the terminal amino group.
- Since the endosome membrane disruption promoting component must also be present, examples of preferred transfer moieties of the present invention, where the receptor specific binding component is a galactosyl group as described above, are
-
- N2-octyl-N-4-(5-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1″-4′-thioglucoside)amino)pentylspermidine;
- N2-dodecyl-N4-(5-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4′-thioglucoside)amino)pentylspermidine;
- N6-octadecyl-N4-(5-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1″-4′-thioglucoside)amino)pentylspermidine;
- N6-octyl-N4-(5-[N2′,N6′-bis(β1-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6′-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl]amino)pentyl-spermine;
- N2-dodecyl-N4-(5-[N2′,N6′-bis (β1-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6′(-β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl]amino)pentyl-spermine; and
- N2-octadecyl-N4-(5-[N2′,N6′-bis(β1-3′-prop-ionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6′-(β-3′-propion-yl galactosyl-β1′-4 thioglucoside)lysyl]amino)pentyl-spermine.
- Accordingly, there has been described in detail above the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention for transfer of nucleic acid compositions to a target cell. This complex includes the transfer moiety as a separate, distinct embodiment of the present invention. Further aspects of the present invention relate to the methods of using the multifunctional molecular complex.
- Thus, in accordance with the present invention there is provided a method for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to target cells on an in vitro basis. In this method target cells are contacted with a multifunctional molecular complex which includes said nucleic acid composition. In one embodiment, the target cells have been isolated from an individual, and all of the cells are thus of the same type, and it is not necessary, therefore, for the complex to include a receptor specific binding component. An especially preferred embodiment is one in which a microorganism culture is maintained under fermentation conditions, and a protein product is expressed by the microorganism as a result of the transfer thereto of nucleic acid compositions using the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention. The protein product is isolated and purified. Here again, a single type of target cell is involved, so that it is not necessary that a receptor specific binding component be present.
- This method provides for transfer to target cells of a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that either encodes a desired peptide or protein, or serves as a template for functional nucleic acid molecules. The desired protein or functional nucleic acid molecule may be any product of industrial, commercial or scientific interest, e.g., therapeutic agents including vaccines; foodstuffs and nutritional supplements; compounds of agricultural significance such as herbicides and plant growth regulants, insecticides, miticides, rodenticides, and fungicides; compounds useful in animal health such as parasiticides including nematocides; and so forth. The target cells are typically cultures of host cells comprising microoganism cells such as bacteria and yeast, but may also include plant and mammalian cells. The cell cultures are maintained in accordance with fermentation techniques well known in the art, which maximize production of the desired protein or functional nucleic acid molecule, and the fermentation products are harvested and purified by known methods.
- The present invention further relates to a method for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to the cells of an individual in an in vivo manner. The method comprises the step of contacting cells of said individual with a multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention, which includes said nucleic acid composition. Here again, the nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence that either encodes a desired peptide or protein, or serves as a template for functional nucleic acid molecules. The nucleic acid molecule is administered free from retroviral particles. The desired protein may either be a protein which functions within the individual or serves to initiate an immune response.
- The nucleic acid molecule may be administered to the cells of said individual on either an in vivo or ex vivo basis, i.e., the contact with the cells of the individual may take place within the body of the individual in accordance with the procedures which are most typically employed, or the contact with the cells of the individual may take place outside the body of the individual by withdrawing cells which it is desired to treat from the body of the individual by various suitable means, followed by contacting of said cells with said nucleic acid molecule, followed in turn by return of said cells to the body of said individual.
- The method of transferring a nucleic acid composition to the cells of an individual provided by the present invention, includes particularly a method of immunizing an individual against a pathogen. In this method, the nucleic acid composition administered to said cells, comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide which comprises at least an epitope identical to, or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on said pathogen as antigen, and said nucleotide sequence is operatively linked to regulatory sequences. The nucleic acid molecule must, of course, be capable of being expressed in the cells of the individual.
- The method of transferring a nucleic acid composition to the cells of an individual provided by the present invention, further includes methods of immunizing an individual against a hyperproliferative disease or an autoimmune disease. In such methods, the nucleic acid composition which is administered to the cells of the individual comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide that comprises at least an epitope identical to or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on a hyperproliferative disease-associated protein or an autoimmune disease-associated protein, respectively, and is operatively linked to regulatory sequences. Here again, the nucleic acid molecule must be capable of being expressed in the cells of the individual.
- In accordance with the present invention there is also provided methods of treating an individual suffering from an autoimmune disease, in which the cells of said individual are contacted with a multifunctional molecular complex including a nucleic acid composition, thereby administering a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence which restores the activity of an absent, defective or inhibited gene, or which encodes a protein that produces a therapeutic effect in said individual, and is operatively linked to regulatory sequences; the nucleic acid molecule being capable of being expressed in said cells.
- In order to carry out the methods described above, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions which comprise the multifunctional molecular complex including a nucleic acid composition, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salt and ester forms of said molecular complex, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Also included are kits which comprise a container comprising a nucleic acid composition, and a container comprising a transfer moiety, as described herein. Optionally, there is included in such kits excipients, carriers, preservatives and vehicles such as solvents.
- Accordingly the present invention provides compositions and methods which prophylactically and/or therapeutically immunize an individual against a pathogen or abnormal, disease-related cell. The genetic material encodes a peptide or protein that shares at least an epitope with an immunogenic protein found on the pathogen or cells to be targeted. The genetic material is expressed by the individual's cells and serves as an immunogenic target against which an immune response is elicited. The resulting immune response is broad based: in addition to a humoral immune response, both arms of the cellular immune response are elicited. The methods of the present invention are useful for conferring prophylactic and therapeutic immunity. Thus, a method of immunizing includes both methods of protecting an individual from pathogen challenge, or occurrence or proliferation of specific cells, as well as methods of treating an individual suffering from pathogen infection, hyperproliferative disease or autoimmune disease. Thus, the present invention is useful to elicit broad immune responses against a target protein, i.e. proteins specifically associated with pathogens or the individual's own “abnormal” cells.
- The present invention is also useful in combating hyperproliferative diseases and disorders such as cancer, by eliciting an immune response against a target protein that is specifically associated with the hyperproliferative cells. The present invention is further useful in combating autoimmune diseases and disorders by eliciting an immune response against a target protein that is specifically associated with cells involved in the autoimmune condition.
- Other aspects of the present invention relate to gene therapy. This involves compositions and methods for introducing nucleic acid molecules into the cells of an individual which are exogenous copies of genes which either correspond to defective, missing, non-functioning or partially functioning genes in the individual, or which encode therapeutic proteins, i.e., proteins whose presence in the individual will eliminate a deficiency in the individual and/or whose presence will provide a therapeutic effect on the individual. There is thus provided a means of delivering such a protein which is a suitable, and even preferred alternative to direct administration of the protein to the individual.
- As used herein the term “desired protein” is intended to refer to peptides and proteins encoded by gene constructs used in the present invention, which either act as target proteins for an immune response, or as a therapeutic or compensating protein in gene therapy regimens.
- Using the methods and compositions of the present invention, DNA or RNA that encodes a desired protein is introduced into the cells of an individual where it is expressed, thus producing the desired protein. The nucleic acid composition, e.g., DNA or RNA encoding the desired protein is linked to regulatory elements necessary for expression in the cells of the individual. Regulatory elements for DNA expression include a promoter and a polyadenylation signal. In addition, other elements, such as a Kozak region, may also be included in the nucleic acid composition.
- As used herein, the term “nucleic acid composition” refers to the DNA or RNA, or other nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence which encodes the desired protein, and which includes initiation and termination signals operably linked to regulatory elements including a promoter and polyadenylation signal capable of directing expression in the cells of the individual to which the construct is administered.
- As used herein, the term “expressible form” refers to gene constructs which contain the necessary regulatory elements operably linked to a coding sequence that encodes a target protein, such that when present in the cell of the individual, the coding sequence will be expressed.
- As used herein, the term “genetic vaccine” refers to a pharmaceutical preparation that comprises a nucleic acid composition that comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a target protein, including pharmaceutical preparations useful to invoke a therapeutic immune response.
- As used herein, the term “genetic therapeutic” refers to a pharmaceutical preparation that comprises a nucleic acid composition that comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a therapeutic or compensating protein. Alternatively, a genetic therapeutic may encode antisense sequences which inhibit undesired gene expression. Further, genetic therapeutics may encode ribozymes.
- As used herein, the term “target protein” refers to a protein against which an immune response can be elicited. The target protein is an immunogenic protein which shares at least an epitope with a protein from the pathogen or undesirable cell-type, such as a cancer cell or a cell involved in autoimmune disease, against which immunization is required. The immune response directed against the target protein will protect the individual against, and treat the individual for, the specific infection or disease with which the target protein is associated.
- As used herein, the term “sharing an epitope” refers to proteins which comprise at least one epitope that is identical to or substantially similar to an epitope of another protein. And, the term “substantially similar epitope” is meant to refer to an epitope that has a structure which is not identical to an epitope of a protein, but nonetheless invokes a cellular or humoral immune response which cross reacts to that protein.
- As used herein, the term “therapeutic protein” is meant to refer to proteins whose presence confers a therapeutic benefit to the individual.
- As used herein, the term “compensating protein” is meant to refer to proteins whose presence compensates for the absence of a fully functioning endogenously produced protein, due to an absent, defective, non-functioning or partially functioning endogenous gene.
- When taken up by a target cell, a nucleic acid composition used in the present invention, which includes the nucleotide sequence encoding the desired protein operably linked to regulatory elements, may remain present in the cell as a functioning extrachromosomal molecule, or it may integrate into the cell's chromosomal DNA. DNA may be introduced into cells where it remains as separate genetic material in the form of a plasmid. Alternatively, linear DNA which can integrate into the chromosome may be introduced into the target cell. When introducing DNA into the cell, reagents which promote DNA integration into chromosomes may be added. DNA sequences which are useful to promote integration may also be included in the DNA molecule. Alternatively, RNA may be administered to the cell. It is also contemplated to provide the nucleic acid composition as a linear minichromosome including a centromere, telomeres and an origin of replication. As used herein, the terms “DNA construct”, “nucleic acid composition” and “nucleotide sequence” are meant to refer to both DNA and RNA molecules.
- The regulatory elements necessary for gene expression of a DNA molecule include: a promoter, an initiation codon, a stop codon, and a polyadenylation signal. In addition, enhancers are often required for gene expression. It is necessary that these elements be operably linked to the sequence that encodes the desired proteins and that the regulatory elements are operable in the individual to whom they are administered.
- Initiation codons and stop codon are generally considered to be part of a nucleotide sequence that encodes the desired protein. However, it is necessary that these elements be functional in the individual to whom the gene construct is administered. The initiation and termination codons must be in frame with the coding sequence. Promoters and polyadenylation signals used must also be functional within the cells of the individual.
- Examples of promoters useful with the nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention, especially in the production of a genetic vaccine for humans, include but are not limited to, promoters from Simian Virus 40 (SV40), Mouse Mammary Tumor Virus (MMTV) promoter, Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) such as the HIV Long Terminal Repeat (LTR) promoter, Moloney virus, ALV, Cytomegalovirus (CMV) such as the CMV immediate early promoter, Epstein Barr Virus (EBV), Rous Sarcoma Virus (RSV), as well as promoters from human genes such as human Actin, human Myosin, human Hemoglobin, human muscle creatine and human metalothionein.
- Examples of polyadenylation signals useful with the nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention, especially in the production of a genetic vaccine for humans, include but are not limited to, SV40 polyadenylation signals and LTR polyadenylation signals. In particular, the SV40 polyadenylation signal which is in pCEP4 plasmid (Invitrogen, San Diego Calif.), referred to as the SV40 polyadenylation signal, may be used.
- In addition to the regulatory elements required for nucleic acid molecule expression, other elements may also be included in the DNA molecule. Such additional elements include enhancers. The enhancer may be selected from the group including but not limited to: human Actin, human Myosin, human Hemoglobin, human muscle creatine, and viral enhancers such as those from CMV, RSV and EBV.
- Nucleic acid compositions can be provided with mammalian origin of replication in order to maintain the construct extrachromosomally and produce multiple copies of the construct in the cell. Plasmids pCEP4 and pREP4 from Invitrogen (San Diego, Calif.) contain the Epstein Barr virus origin of replication and nuclear antigen EBNA-1 coding region, which produces high copy episomal replication without integration. In aspects of the invention relating to gene therapy, constructs with origins of replication including the necessary antigen for activation are preferred.
- In other embodiments of the present invention relating to immunization applications, the nucleic acid composition contains nucleotide sequences that encode a target protein and further include genes for proteins which enhance the immune response against such target proteins. Examples of such genes are those which encode cytokines and lymphokines such as a-interferon, y-interferon, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), GC-SF, GM-CSF, TNF, epidermal growth factor (EGF), IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-8, IL-10 and IL-12. In some embodiments, it will be preferred that the gene for GM-CSF be included in nucleic acid compositions used in immunizing compositions.
- An additional element may be added to the nucleic acid composition which serves as a target for cell destruction, if it is desirable to eliminate the cells receiving the nucleic acid composition for any reason. A herpes thymidine kinase (tk) gene in an expressible form can be included in the nucleic acid composition. The drug gangcyclovir can then be administered to the individual and that drug will cause the selective killing of any cell producing tk, thus providing the means for the selective destruction of cells containing the nucleic acid composition.
- In order to maximize protein production, regulatory sequences may be selected which are well suited for gene expression in cells into which the construct is transferred. Moreover, codons may be selected which are most efficiently transcribed in the target cell. One having ordinary skill in the art can readily produce DNA constructs which are functional in the target cells.
- Nucleic acid compositions can be tested for expression levels in vitro by using tissue culture of cells of the same type as those to be treated. For example, if the genetic vaccine is to be administered to human muscle cells, muscle cells grown in culture, such as solid muscle tumors cells of rhabdomyosarcoma, may be used as an in vitro model to measure expression level.
- The nucleic acid compositions used in the present invention are not incorporated within retroviral particles. The nucleic acid compositions are taken up by the cell without retroviral particle-mediated insertion, such as that which occurs when retrovirus particles with retroviral RNA, infects a cell. As used herein, the term “free from retroviral particles” is meant to refer to nucleic acid compositions that are not incorporated within retroviral particles. As used herein, “dissociated from an infectious agent” is meant to refer to genetic material which is not part of a viral, bacterial or eukaryotic vector, either active, inactivated, living or dead, that is capable of infecting a cell.
- In some embodiments, the nucleic acid compositions constitute less than a complete, replicatable viral genome such that upon introduction into the cell, the nucleic acid composition possesses insufficient genetic information to direct production of infectious viral particles. As used herein, the term “incomplete viral genome” is meant to refer to a nucleic acid composition which contains less than a complete genome such that incorporation of such a nucleic acid composition into a cell does not constitute introduction of sufficient genetic information for the production of infectious virus.
- In some embodiments, an attenuated viral vaccine may be delivered as a nucleic acid composition which contains enough genetic material to allow for production of viral particles. Delivery of the attenuated vaccine as a nucleic acid composition allows production of large quantities of safe, pure, and active immunizing product.
- The present invention may be used to immunize an individual against all pathogens such as viruses, prokaryotic and pathogenic eukaryotic organisms such as unicellular pathogenic organisms and multicellular parasites. The present invention is particularly useful to immunize an individual against those pathogens which infect cells and which are not encapsulated, such as viruses, and prokaryotes such as Gonorrhoea, Listeria and Shigella. In addition, the present invention is also useful for immunizing an individual against protozoan pathogens, including any stage in their life cycle in which they are intracellular pathogens. As used herein, the term “intracellular pathogen” is meant to refer to a virus or pathogenic organism that, during at least part of its reproductive or life cycle, exists within a host cell and therein produces or causes to be produced, pathogenic proteins. Table 1 provides a listing of some of the viral families and genera for which vaccines according to the present invention can be made. DNA constructs that comprise DNA sequences which encode the peptides that comprise at least an epitope identical or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on a pathogen antigen, such as those antigens listed in said table, are useful in vaccines.
- Moreover, the present invention is also useful to immunize an individual against other pathogens including prokaryotic and eukaryotic protozoan pathogens as well as multicellular parasites such as those listed in Table 2.
- In order to produce a genetic vaccine to protect against pathogen infection, genetic material which encodes immunogenic proteins against which a protective immune response can be mounted, must be included in the nucleic acid composition. Whether the pathogen infects intracellularly, for which the present invention is particularly useful, or extracellularly, it is unlikely that all pathogen antigens will elicit a protective response. Because DNA and RNA are both relatively small and can be produced relatively easily, the present invention provides the additional advantage of allowing for vaccination with multiple pathogen antigens. The nucleic acid composition used in the genetic vaccine can include genetic material which encodes many pathogen antigens. For example, several viral genes may be included in a single construct, thereby providing multiple targets. In addition, multiple inoculants which can be delivered to different cells in an individual can be prepared to collectively include, in some cases, a complete or, more preferably, an incomplete, e.g., nearly complete set of genes in the vaccine. For example, a complete set of viral genes may be administered using two constructs which each contain a different half of the genome which are administered at different sites. Thus, an immune response may be invoked against each antigen without the risk of an infectious virus being assembled. This allows for the introduction of more than a single antigen target and can eliminate the requirement that protective antigens be identified.
- The ease of handling and inexpensive nature of DNA and RNA further allow for more efficient means of screening for protective antigens. Genes can be sorted and systematically tested much more easily than proteins. Once the pathogenic agents and organism for which a protective vaccine will be sought is selected, an immunogenic protein is then identified. Tables 1 and 2 include lists of some of the pathogenic agents and organisms for which genetic vaccines can be prepared to protect an individual from infection by them. The methods of immunizing an individual against a pathogen can be directed particularly against HIV, HTLV or HBV.
- In accordance with the present invention there is also provided a method of conferring a broad based protective immune response against hyperproliferating cells that are characteristic of hyperproliferative diseases, as well as a method of treating individuals suffering from hyperproliferative diseases. As used herein, the term “hyperproliferative diseases” is meant to refer to those diseases and disorders characterized by hyperproliferation of cells. Examples of hyperproliferative diseases include all forms of cancer and psoriasis.
- It has been discovered that introduction of a nucleic acid composition that includes a nucleotide sequence which encodes an immunogenic “hyperproliferating cell”-associated protein into the cells of an individual, results in the production of those proteins in the vaccinated cells of an individual. As used herein, the term “hyperproliferative-associated protein” is meant to refer to proteins that are associated with a hyperproliferative disease. To immunize against hyperproliferative diseases, a nucleic acid composition that includes a nucleotide sequence which encodes a protein that is associated with a hyperproliferative disease is administered to an individual.
- In order for the hyperproliferative-associated protein to be an effective immunogenic target, it must be a protein that is produced exclusively or at higher levels in hyperproliferative cells as compared to normal cells. Target antigens include such proteins, fragments thereof and peptides which comprise at least an epitope found on such proteins. In some cases, a hyperproliferative-associated protein is the product of a mutation of a gene that encodes a protein. The mutated gene encodes a protein which is nearly identical to the normal protein except it has a slightly different amino acid sequence which results in a different epitope not found on the normal protein. Such target proteins include those which are proteins encoded by oncogenes such as myb, myc, fyn, and the translocation genes bcr/abl, ras, src, P53, neu, trk and EGRF. In addition to oncogene products as target antigens, target proteins for anti-cancer treatments and protective regimens include variable regions of antibodies made by B cell lymphomas, and variable regions of T cell receptors of T cell lymphomas which, in some embodiments, are also used as target antigens for autoimmune diseases. Other tumor-associated proteins can be used as target proteins, such as proteins which are found at higher levels in tumor cells, including the protein recognized by monoclonal antibody 17-1A and folate binding proteins.
- While the present invention may be used to immunize an individual against one or more of several forms of cancer, the present invention is particularly useful to prophylactically immunize an individual who is predisposed to develop a particular cancer or who has had cancer and is therefore susceptible to a relapse. Developments in genetics and biotechnology, as well as epidemiology, allow for the determination of probability and risk assessment for the development of cancer in an individual. Using genetic screening and/or family health histories, it is possible to predict the probability that a particular individual has for developing any one of several types of cancer.
- Similarly, those individuals who have already developed cancer and who have been treated to remove the cancer, or are otherwise in remission, are particularly susceptible to relapse and reoccurrence. As part of a treatment regimen, such individuals can be immunized against the cancer that they have been diagnosed as having had in order to combat such a recurrence. Thus, once it is known that individuals have had a type of cancer and are at risk of a relapse, they can be immunized in order to prepare their immune systems to combat any future appearance of the cancer.
- The present invention also provides a method of treating individuals suffering from hyperproliferative diseases. In such methods, the introduction of nucleic acid compositions serves as an immunotherapeutic, directing and promoting the immune system of the individual to combat hyperproliferative cells that produce the target protein.
- The present invention provides a method of treating individuals suffering from autoimmune diseases and disorders by conferring a broad based protective immune response against targets that are associated with autoimmunity, including cell receptors and cells which produce “self”-directed antibodies.
- T cell mediated autoimmune diseases include Rheumatoid arthritis (RA), multiple sclerosis (MS), Sjogren's syndrome, sarcoidosis, insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM), autoimmune thyroiditis, reactive arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, scleroderma, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, psoriasis, vasculitis, Wegener's granulomatosis, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis. Each of these diseases is characterized by T cell receptors that bind to endogenous antigens and initiate the inflammatory cascade associated with autoimmune diseases. Vaccination against the variable region of the T cells would elicit an immune response including CTLs to eliminate those T cells.
- In RA, several specific variable regions of T cell receptors (TCRs) which are involved in the disease have been characterized. These TCRs include Vβ-3, Vβ-14, Vβ-17 and Vα-17. Thus, vaccination with a nucleic acid composition that encodes at least one of these proteins will elicit an immune response that will target T cells involved in RA. See: Howell, M. D., et al., 1991 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10921-10925; Paliard, X., et al., 1991 Science 253:325-329; Williams, W. V., et al., 1992 J. Clin. Invest. 90:326-333; each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- In MS, several specific variable regions of TCRs which are involved in the disease have been characterized. These TCRs include Vβ-7 and Vα-10. Thus, vaccination with a nucleic acid composition that encodes at least one of these proteins will elicit an immune response that will target T cells involved in MS. See: Wucherpfennig, K. W., et al., 1990 Science 248:1016-1019; Oksenberg, J. R., et al., 1990 Nature 345:344-346; each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- In scleroderma, several specific variable regions of TCRs which are involved in the disease have been characterized. These TCRs include Vβ-6, Vβ-8, Vβ-14 and Vα-16, Vα-3C, Vα-7, Vα-14, Vα-15, Vα-16, Vα-28 and Vα-12. Thus, vaccination with a nucleic acid composition that encodes at least one of these proteins will elicit an immune response that will target T cells involved in scleroderma.
- In order to treat patients suffering from a T cell mediated autoimmune disease, particularly those for which the variable region of the TCR has yet to be characterized, a synovial biopsy can be performed. Samples of the T cells present can be taken and the variable region of those TCRs identified using standard techniques. Genetic vaccines can be prepared using this information.
- B cell mediated autoimmune diseases include Lupus (SLE), Grave's disease, myasthenia gravis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, asthma, cryoglobulinemia, primary biliary sclerosis and pernicious anemia. Each of these diseases is characterized by antibodies which bind to endogenous antigens and initiate the inflammatory cascade associated with autoimmune diseases. Vaccination against the variable region of such antibodies would elicit an immune response including CTLs to eliminate those B cells that produce the antibody.
- In order to treat patients suffering from a B cell mediated autoimmune disease, the variable region of the antibodies involved in the autoimmune activity must be identified. A biopsy can be performed and samples of the antibodies present at a site of inflammation can be taken. The variable region of those antibodies can be identified using standard techniques. Genetic vaccines can be prepared using this information.
- In the case of SLE, one antigen is believed to be DNA. Thus, in patients to be immunized against SLE, their sera can be screened for anti-DNA antibodies and a vaccine can be prepared which includes nucleic acid compositions that encode the variable region of such anti-DNA antibodies found in the sera.
- Common structural features among the variable regions of both TCRs and antibodies are well known. The DNA sequence encoding a particular TCR or antibody can generally be found following well known methods such as those described in Kabat, et al. 1987 Sequence of proteins of Immunological Interest, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Bethesda Md., which is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, a general method for cloning functional variable regions from antibodies can be found in Chaudhary, V. K., et al., 1990 Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:1066, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- In aspects of the present invention that relate to gene therapy, the nucleic acid compositions contain either compensating genes or genes that encode therapeutic proteins. Examples of compensating genes include a gene which encodes dystrophin or a functional fragment, a gene to compensate for the defective gene in patients suffering from cystic fibrosis, a gene to compensate for the defective gene in patients suffering from ADA, and a gene encoding Factor VIII. Examples of genes encoding therapeutic proteins include genes which encodes erythropoietin, interferon, LDL receptor, GM-CSF, IL-2, IL-4 and TNF. Additionally, nucleic acid compositions which encode single chain antibody components which specifically bind to toxic substances can be administered. In some preferred embodiments, the dystrophin gene is provided as part of a mini-gene and used to treat individuals suffering from muscular dystrophy. In some preferred embodiments, a mini-gene which contains coding sequence for a partial dystrophin protein is provided. Dystrophin abnormalities are responsible for both the milder Becker's Muscular Dystrophy (BMD) and the severe Duchenne's Muscular Dystrophy (DMD). In BMD dystrophin is made, but it is abnormal in either size and/or amount. The patient is mild to moderately weak. In DMD no protein is made and the patient is wheelchair-bound by age 13 and usually dies by age 20. In some patients, particularly those suffering from BMD, partial dystrophin protein produced by expression of a mini-gene delivered according to the present invention can provide improved muscle function.
- In some preferred embodiments, genes encoding IL-2, IL-4, interferon or TNF are delivered to tumor cells which are either present or removed and then reintroduced into an individual. In some embodiments, a gene encoding y-interferon is administered to an individual suffering from multiple sclerosis.
- Antisense molecules and ribozymes may also be delivered to the cells of an individual by introducing a nucleic acid composition which acts as a template for copies of such active agents. These agents inactivate or otherwise interfere with the expression of genes that encode proteins whose presence is undesirable. Nucleic acid compositions which contain sequences that encode antisense molecules can be used to inhibit or prevent production of proteins within cells. Thus, production of proteins such as oncogene products can be eliminated or reduced. Similarly, ribozymes can disrupt gene expression by selectively destroying messenger RNA before it is translated into protein. In some embodiments, cells are treated according to the invention using nucleic acid compositions that encode antisense or ribozymes as part of a therapeutic regimen which involves administration of other therapeutics and procedures. Nucleic acid compositions encoding antisense molecules and ribozymes use similar vectors as those which are used when protein production is desired except that the coding sequence does not contain a start codon to initiate translation of RNA into protein.
- Ribozymes are catalytic RNAs which are capable of self-cleavage or cleavage of another RNA molecule. Several different types of ribozymes, such as hammerhead, hairpin, Tetrahymena group I intron, ahead, and RNase P are known in the art; see S. Edgington, Biotechnology (1992) 10, 256-262. Hammerhead ribozymes have a catalytic site which has been mapped to a core of less than 40 nucleotides. Several ribozymes in plant viroids and satellite RNAs share a common secondary structure and certain conserved nucleotides. Although these ribozymes naturally serve as their own substrate, the enzyme domain can be targeted to another RNA substrate through base-pairing with sequences flanking the conserved cleavage site. This ability to custom design ribozymes has allowed them to be used for sequence-specific RNA cleavage; see G. Paolella et al., EMBO (1992), 1913-1919.) It will therefore be within the skill of one in the art to use different catalytic sequences from various types of ribozymes, such as the hammerhead catalytic sequence, and design them in the manner disclosed herein. Ribozymes can be designed against a variety of targets including pathogen nucleotide sequences and oncogenic sequences. Preferred embodiments include sufficient complementarity to specifically target the abl-bcr fusion transcript while maintaining efficiency of the cleavage reaction.
- In accordance with the present invention, the multifunctional molecular complex containing the desired nucleic acid composition, may be administered to an individual using a needleless injection device. In other embodiments, the multifunctional molecular complex containing the desired nucleic acid composition is simultaneously administered to an individual intradermally, subcutaneously and intramuscularly using a needleless injection device. Needleless injection devices are well known and widely available. One having ordinary skill in the art can, following the teachings herein, use needleless injection devices to deliver multifunctional molecular complexes containing the desired nucleic acid compositions to cells of an individual. Needleless injection devices are well suited to deliver these complexes to all of these tissues. They are particularly useful to deliver the complexes of the present invention to skin and muscle cells.
- In some embodiments, a needleless injection device may be used to propel the complexes of the present invention in liquid form, that contains DNA molecules, toward the surface of the individual's skin. The liquid is propelled at a sufficient velocity such that upon impact with the skin, the liquid penetrates the surface of the skin, and permeates the skin and muscle tissue therebeneath. Thus, the nucleic acid composition is simultaneously administered intradermally, subcutaneously and intramuscularly. In some embodiments, a needleless injection device may be used to deliver nucleic acid compositions to the tissue of other organs in order to introduce a nucleic acid molecule to cells of that organ.
- According to the present invention, the multifunctional molecular complexes containing nucleic acid compositions may be administered directly into the individual to be immunized or ex vivo into removed cells of the individual which are reimplanted after administration. By either route, the genetic material is introduced into cells which are present in the body of the individual. Routes of administration include, but are not limited to, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intradermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraarterially, intraoccularly and oral as well as transdermally or by inhalation or suppository. Preferred routes of administration include intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intradermal and subcutaneous injection. Delivery of nucleic acid compositions which encode target proteins can confer mucosal immunity in individuals immunized by a mode of administration in which the material is presented to tissues associated with mucosal immunity. Thus, in some examples, the nucleic acid composition is delivered by administration to the buccal cavity within the mouth of an individual.
- The multifunctional molecular complexes containing nucleic acid compositions according to the present invention comprise generally from about 1 nanogram to about 1000 micrograms of DNA. In some preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 10 nanograms to about 800 micrograms of DNA. In more preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 0.1 to about 500 micrograms of DNA. In still more preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 1 to about 350 micrograms of DNA. In yet more preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 25 to about 250 micrograms of DNA. In the most preferred embodiments, the complexes contain about 100 micrograms DNA.
- The multifunctional molecular complexes containing nucleic acid compositions according to the present invention are formulated according to the mode of administration to be used. One having ordinary skill in the art can readily formulate a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a nucleic acid composition. In cases where intramuscular injection is the chosen mode of administration, an isotonic formulation is preferably used. Generally, additives for isotonicity can include sodium chloride, dextrose, mannitol, sorbitol and lactose. In some cases, isotonic solutions such as phosphate buffered saline are preferred. Stabilizers include gelatin and albumin. In some embodiments, a vasoconstriction agent is added to the formulation. The pharmaceutical preparations according to the present invention are prepared so as to be sterile and pyrogen free.
- In addition to other agents which may function as transfecting agents and/or replicating agents, there may be co-administered with the complexes of the present invention growth factors, cytokines and lymphokines such as α-interferon, γ-interferon, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), GC-SF, GM-CSF, TNF, epidermal growth factor (EGF), IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-8, IL-10 and IL-12, as well as fibroblast growth factor, surface active agents such as immune-stimulating complexes (ISCOMS), Freund's incomplete adjuvant, LPS analog including monophosphoryl Lipid A (MPL), muramyl peptides, quinone analogs and vesicles such as squalene and hyaluronic acid may also be used, administered in conjunction with the complexes of the present invention. In some embodiments, combinations of these agents are administered in conjunction with the complexes of the present invention.
- The complexes of the present invention may be combined with collagen as an emulsion and delivered parenterally. The collagen emulsion provides a means for sustained release of DNA; 50 μl to 2 ml of collagen may be used. About 100 μg of DNA are combined with 1 ml of collagen in a preferred embodiment using this formulation. Other sustained release formulations such as those described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, A. Osol, a standard reference text in this field, which is incorporated herein by reference. Such formulations include aqueous suspensions, oil solutions and suspensions, emulsions and implants as well as reservoirs, depots and transdermal devices. In some embodiments, time release formulations for the complexes are preferred; where it is desirable the complex be time released between 6-144 hours, preferably 12-96 hours, more preferably 18-72 hours.
- In some embodiments of the invention, the individual is subject to a single vaccination to produce a full, broad immune response. In other embodiments of the invention, the individual is subject to a series of vaccinations to produce a full, broad immune response. According to still other embodiments of the invention, at least two and preferably four to five injections are given over a period of time. The period of time between injections may be from 24 hours apart to two weeks or longer between injections, preferably one week apart. Alternatively, at least two and up to four separate injections are given simultaneously at different sites.
- In some embodiments of the invention, a complete vaccination includes injection of a single inoculant which contains a nucleic acid composition including sequences encoding one or more targeted epitopes.
- In other embodiments of the invention, a complete vaccination includes injection of two or more different inoculants into different sites. For example, an HIV vaccine may comprise two different inoculants in which each one comprises a nucleic acid composition encoding different viral proteins. This method of vaccination allows the introduction of as much as a complete set of viral genes into the individual without the risk of assembling an infectious viral particle. Thus, an immune response against most or all of the virus can be invoked in the vaccinated individual. Injection of each inoculant is performed at different sites, preferably at a distance to ensure that no cells receive the total combination of nucleic acid compositions. As a further safety precaution, some genes may be deleted or altered to further prevent the capability of infectious viral assembly.
- In accordance with the present invention there are provided pharmaceutical compositions which facilitate delivery of the multifunctional molecular complex, which in turn functions to facilitate transfer of the nucleic acid composition which is contained therein, to the target cells. The pharmaceutical composition may be nothing more than an inert diluent and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester form of said molecular complex. However, other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known to the artisan in this field, can also be suitably employed to provide desired properties. Thus, one or more agents may be selected from the following recognized pharmaceutical classes of excipients: solvents, solvent systems, and solubilizing and dispersing agents including surfactants and emulsifying agents; viscosity modifying agents; and stabilizing and preservative agents, including antioxidants, UV absorbing agents, antibacterial agents, and buffering agents.
- The present invention also provides pharmaceutical kits which comprise a container comprising a nucleic acid composition, and a container comprising a transfer moiety. optionally, there is included in such kits excipients, carriers, preservatives and vehicles of the type described above with respect to pharmaceutical compositions. The term pharmaceutical kit is also intended to include multiple inoculants used in the methods of the present invention. Such kits include separate containers comprising different inoculants and transfer moieties. The pharmaceutical kits in accordance with the present invention are also contemplated to include a set of inoculants used in immunizing methods and/or therapeutic methods, as described above.
- The compositions and methods of the present invention are useful in the fields of both human and veterinary medicine. Accordingly, the present invention relates to genetic immunization and therapeutic treatment of mammals, birds and fish. The methods of the present invention can be particularly useful for genetic immunization and therapeutic treatment of mammalian species including human, bovine, ovine, porcine, equine, canine and feline species.
- The Examples set out below include representative demonstrations of various aspects of the present invention. The Examples are not intended to limit the scope of the invention; but rather are merely intended to serve as illustrations thereof. Moreover, one having ordinary skill in this art will be able readily to appreciate additional aspects and embodiments of the present invention, based on the foregoing detailed description thereof. Unless otherwise indicated, all temperatures recited in the following Examples are Celsius scale temperatures.
- A solution of N1,N8-Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine (2.92 g, 8.45 mmol, 1.0 eq) [S.Nagarajan and B. Ganem, J. Org. Chem., 50, 5735-37 (1985)] in acetonitrile (125 mL) was treated with N,N-diisopropylethylamine (3.534 mL, 20.0 mmol, 2.4 eq), potassium iodide (2.81 g, 16.90 mmol, 2.0 eq), and 5-chlorovaleronitrile (1.902 mL, 16.90 mmol, 2.0 eq). The resulting homogeneous solution was heated to reflux for 2 hours. The mixture was treated with additional N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.767 mL; 1.2 eq), potassium iodide (1.41 g, 1.0 eq) and 5-chlorovaleronitrile (0.951 mL, 1.0 eq), and refluxed an additional 18 hours. Thin layer chromatography (TLC) indicated no remaining starting material. The acetonitrile was removed under vacuum, and the residue taken up in chloroform (250 mL). This solution was washed with water (200 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and stripped of solvent to afford crude product as an oil. The material was purified on silica using a gradient of 2-propanol in chloroform plus 1% N,N-diisopropylethylamine to give an oil (3.40 g); 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.44 (s, 20.8H; should be 18H), 1.58-1.80 (m, 9.8H), 2.38-2.44 (m, 9.4H; should be 8.0H), 3.16(m, 4.1H), 4.80 (m, 0.8H), 5.38 (m, 0.8H).
- A solution of 6 (0.77 g, 1.81 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (100 mL) was treated with 5% palladium on carbon (0.08 g, 10% w/w) and placed on a Parr Hydrogenator (50 psi hydrogen gas pressure) for 2.75 hours. The mixture was filtered through Celite® brand diatomaceous earth filter aid (pre-rinsed with glacial acetic acid) and the Celite® rinsed with chloroform. The filtrate and chloroform wash were combined and sovent removed to give an oil. The crude material was subjected to silica chromatography using a gradient of methanol in chloroform plus 0.4% diisopropylethylamine. The material consisted of a colorless oil (0.32 g) 1H NMR (CDCL3): δ1.33 (m, 3.5H; should be 2.0H), 1.44 (s, 19.1H; should be 18.0H), 1.59 (m, 10.3H), 2.37-2.45 (m, 6.2H), 2.70 (t, 1.5H), 3.14 (m, 4.0H), 4.89 (m, 0.7H), 5.57 (m, 0.8H)
- Compound 7 (0.200 g, 0.46 mmol) was stirred with trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) at room temperature for 2 hours. The trifluoroacetic acid was removed under vacuum, followed by three chloroform additions and subsequent evaporations under vacuum. The resulting crude oil was twice taken up in 0.1 N HCl (30 mL) and lyophilized to give 8 as a hydroscopic solid (0.19 g).
- A solution of S-β-3-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside [M. Elofsson, S. Roy, B. Walse and J. Kihlberg, Carb. Res., 246, 89-103 (1993)] (4.60 g, 6.35 mmol) in 1:1 isopropanol/chloroform (100 mL) was treated with N-hydroxysuccinimide (0.73 g, 6.35 mmol) and N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (1.31 g, 6.35 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 19 hours, the mixture was cooled to 40 for 1 h and filtered. The solvent was removed from the filtrate under vacuum to give a white solid that was recrystallized from 2-propanol (3.43 g). The isolated product was 92% pure by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC). 1H NMR (CDCL3): δ 2.0-2.16 (7s, 21.0H), 2.85 (s, 3.8H), 2.85-3.1 (m, 4.2H), 3.65 (m, 0.7H), 3.78 (t, 1.0H), 3.88 (t, 1.0H), 4.11 (m, 4.0H), 4.54 (m, 2.8H), 4.97 (m, 1.8H), 5.11 (m, 1.0H), 5.23 (t, 1.0H), 5.36 (d, 0.7H).
- A solution of 10 (0.300 g, 0.70 mmol) in methylene chloride (30 mL) was treated with a solution of 7 (0.57 g, 0.70 mmol) in methylene chloride (30 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvents were removed under vacuum. Silica chromatography using a gradient of 2-propanol in chloroform afforded purified product as a colorless glass (0.49 g); purity of 100% as determined by HPLC 1H NMR (CDCL3): δ 1.33 (m, 3.0H; should be 2.0H), 1.44 (s, 20.0H; should be 18.0H), 1.54 (m, 10.7H; should be 6.0H), 1.68 (m, 2.0H), 1.97-2.16 (7 s, 27.3H; should be 21.0H), 2.25 (m, 6.0H; should be 4H), 2.52 (m, 9.0H; should be 8.0H), 2.84 (m, 1.0H), 3.01 (m, 1.0H), 3.1-3.27 (m, 6.7H), 3.64 (m, 1.0H), 3.80 (t, 1.0H), 3.90 (t, 1.0H), 4.11 (m, 4.0H), 4.55 (d, 2.0H), 4.70 (d, 1.0 H), 4.91-5.0 (m, 3.0H; should be 2.0H), 5.11 (m, 1.3H), 5.21 (t, 1.0H), 5.36 (d, 1.0H), 5.44 (m, 0.7H), 6.28 (m, 0.7H). FAB Mass Spec MH+=1138.
- Compound 11 (0.200 g, 0.18 mmol) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hrs. The trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) was largely removed under vacuum, and the residue subjected to three additions of chloroform, followed by removal of solvent under vacuum. The product was recovered as an oil (0.22 g) with trace TPA in evidence; purity of 100% as determined by HPLC. 1H NMR (CDCL3): δ 1.25-1.53 (m, 5.5H), 1.6-2.0 (m, 5.5; should be 4H), 2.00-2.15 (7 s, 23.0H; should be 21.0H), 2.56 (m, 1.0H), 2.68 (m, 1.3H), 2.80 (m, 1.0H), 3.0-3.4 (m, 1.0H; should be 10.0H), 3.64 (m, 1.0H), 3.79 (m, 1.0H), 3.94 (m, 1.0H), 4.11 (m, 2.5H), 4.55 (m, 1.5H), 4.70 (m, 1.3H), 4.90-5.20 (broad m, 16.0H; inflated by water; should be 2.0 or 4.0H), 5.36 (m, 1.0H), 7.12 (m, 0.5H), 7.86 (m, 2.3H), 8.07 (m, 2.3H), 9.8 (m. 0.5H).
- A solution of 12 (0.20 g; 0.18 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was treated with sodium carbonate (0.38 g; 3.08 mmol; 18 eq) and water (35 mL) for a homogeneous solution. After 6 hrs at room temperature, the solvents were evaporated and the residue was desalted using Sephadex™ G-25 Medium gel filtration resin, and 1% glacial acetic acid as eluant. Fractions containing product were combined and lyophilized for pure product as the triacetate salt (0.10 g); purity of 100% as determined by HPLC. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 D2O): 61.15 (m or broad t, 1.5H), 1.3-1.5 (m, 8.0H), 1.65 (m, 2.0H), 1.66 s, 14.0H; should be 9.0H), 2.34 (m, 6.5H), 2.60 (m, 3.0H; should be 2.0H), 2.74 (m, 6.0H), 3.00 (m, 3.0H), 3.27 (m, 3.5H), 3.40 (m, 1.5H), 3.47 (m, 2.0H), 3.50 (m, 1.0H), 3.60 (m, 1.0H), 3.71 (d, 1.0H), 4.14 (broad s, masked by water peak), 4.27 (m, 4.0H).
- For comparative purposes, the CAS style name of the compound 18 set out above is as follows: 4-[(N[2[N2,N6-bis(3-[4-O(β-D-galactopyranosyl)-β-D-glucopyranosylthio]propionyl)lysyl]N6-(3-[4-O-(β-D-galactopyranosyl)-β-D-glucopyranosylthio]-propionyl)lysinamido)pentyl]-1,8-diamino-4-azaoctane, Acetate Salt.
- To a solution of lysyl-lysine (0.25 g, 0.64 mmol) in 1:1 water/acetonitrile (100 mLs) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.336 mls, 1.95 mmol, 3.0 eq) and compound 10 (1.859, 2.25 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for a few minutes until homogeneity was achieved. The pH was closely monitored at regular intervals, and N,N-diisopropylethylamine added as needed to maintain the pH between 7 and 8. A total of 7 eq of base was added over 1 hour before the pH stabilized at 7-7.5. Reverse phase HPLC was used to follow the progress of the reaction. After 24 hrs at room temperature, the reaction appeared to have stopped with approximately 50% product formation. The acetonitrile was evaporated under vacuum, and the aqueous mixture treated with dilute HCl (pH 5). The solution was extracted into chloroform (2×200 mls). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed under vacuum to afford crude product as a glass (2.17 g). The material was subjected to silica flash chromatography using a gradient of isopropanol in chloroform plus 1% glacial acetic acid as eluant (1.09 g). Purity was determined by HPLC to be approximately 96%. FAB Mass Spec: MH+=2394.
- A solution of N2, N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)ly-sine (1.00 g, 0.42 mmol) in 1:1 isopropanol/chloroform (20 mL) was treated with N-hydroxysuccinimide (48.1 mg, 0.42 mmol) and N,N′dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (86.2 mg, 0.42 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 19 hours, the mixture was cooled to 40 for 1 h and filtered. Solvent was removed from the filtrate under vacuum, and the crude product was recrystallized from 2-propanol. The product was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give a white powdery solid (0.76 g). This material was shown by HPLC to consist of a mixture of the starting free acid and the succinimidyl ester in a ratio of approximately 1:2 respectively. The mixture was not subjected to further purification, but was used as is in the next step. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.96-2.20 (multiple s, 86.4H; should be 63.0H), 2.28 (m, 3.6H), 2.53 (m, 6.6H), 2.88 (m, 6.6H), 3.02 (m, 3.6H), 3.18-3.40 (m, 4.2H), 3.62 (m, 3.6H), 3.85 (m, 3.6H), 3.95 (m, 3.6H), 4.10 (m, 12.0H), 4.57 (m, 6.0H), 4.70 (m, 4.2H), 5.02 (m, 7.2H), 5.10 (m, 3.6H), 5.20 (t, 3.6H), 5.36 (d, 3.0H), 6.31 (t, 0.6H), 6.58 (t, 0.6H), 6.90 (d, 0.6H), 7.47 (d, 0.6H).
- A solution of 7 (87 mg, 0.20 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 mL) was treated with a solution of 15 (0.76 g of the 66% mixture, corresponding to 0.50 g of the ester; 0.20 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs, followed by removal of the solvent under vacuum. The crude product was purified by silica chromatography using a gradient of isopropanol in chloroform. The resulting impure product consisted of a 65:35 mixture of product to the free acid present as the contaminant in the starting ester. A second silica column using the same gradient plus 0.5% glacial acetic acid effectively isolated pure product (0.38 g); purity of 100% as determined by HPLC. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.30-1.39 (m, 4.0H), 1.44 (s, 13.5H; should be 18.0H), 1.53 (m, 8.6H), 1.60-1.90 (m, 6.1H), 1.97-2.16 (multiple s, 73.8H; should be 63.0H), 2.27 (m, 3.7H), 2.49-2.70 (m, 8.0H), 2.85 (m, 2.5H), 3.00 (m, 2.5H), 3.23 (m, 6.2H), 3.65 (m, 2.5H), 3.80-3.93 (m, 5.5H), 4.12 (m, 8.0H), 4.20-4.40 (m, 1.8H), 4.57-4.69 (m, 8.0H), 4.91-5.00 (m, 5.5H), 5.09 (m, 3.1H), 5.21 (t, 3.1H), 5.36 (d, 2.5H), 6.57 (m, 0.9H), 6.95 (m, 0.6H), 7.20 (m, 0.6H).
- Compound 16 (0.170 g, 0.059 mmol) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The trifluoroacetic acid was largely removed under vacuum (0.19 g). Purity was determined by HPLC to be approximately 100%. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.20-1.80 (m, 4.8H), 1.96-2.15 (multiple s, 84.0H; should be 63.0H), 2.54 (m, 12.0H; possibly inflated by water peak), 3.65 (m, 3.0H), 3.81 (m, 3.0H), 3.93 (m, 4.0H), 4.12 (m, 12.0H), 4.29 (m, 2.0H), 4.55 (m, 6,0H), 4.69 (m, 4.0H), 4.89 (m, 3.0H), 5.09 (m, 6.0H), 5.19 (m, 4.0H), 5.38 (d, 3.0H), 6.99 (m, 1.0H), 7.60 (m, 0.5H), 7.91 (m, 1.0H), 8.09 (m, 1.0H).
- To a solution of 17 (0.17 g, 0.059 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was added sodium carbonate (0.37 g, 2.95 mmol), followed by water (40 mL) until homogeneity was achieved. After stirring at room temperature for 4 hrs, the solvents were stripped off and the crude product eluted down a Sephadex™ 25 Medium column using 1 glacial acetic acid as the eluant. Fractions containing product were combined and lyophilized to afford pure product as an extremely hygroscopic solid (0.07 g).
- A solution of N2,N6-bis(β-3′propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysine (1.00 g, 0.42 mmol) in 1:1 isopropanol/chloroform (20 mL) is treated with N-hydroxysuccinimide (48.1 mg, 0.42 mmol) and N,N′dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (86.2 mg, 0.42 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 19 hours, the mixture is cooled to 40 for 1 h and filtered. Solvent is removed from the filtrate under vacuum, and the crude product recrystallized from 2-propanol. The product is collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to give a white powdery solid (0.76 g). This material is shown by HPLC to consist of a mixture of the starting free acid and the succinimidyl ester in a ratio of approximately 1:2 respectively. The mixture is not subjected to further purification, but is used as is in the next step.
- A solution of 7 (87 mg, 0.20 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 mL) is treated with a solution of 20 (0.769 of the 66% mixture, corresponding to 0.50 g of the ester; 0.20 mmol) in methylene chloride (20 mL). The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hrs, followed by removal of the solvent under vacuum. The crude product is purified by silica chromatography using a gradient of isopropanol in chloroform. The resulting impure product consists of a 65:35 mixture of product to the free acid present as the contaminant in the starting ester. A second silica column using the same gradient plus 0.5% glacial acetic acid effectively isolates pure product (0.38 g); purity of 100% as determined by HPLC.
- Compound 21 (0.170 g, 0.059 mmol) is treated with trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The trifluoroacetic acid is largely removed under vacuum (0.19 g). Purity is determined by HPLC to be approximately 100%.
- To a solution of 22 (0.17 g, 0.059 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) is added sodium carbonate (0.37 g, 2.95 mmol), followed by water (40 mL) until homogeneity is achieved. After stirring at room temperature for 4 hrs, the solvents are stripped off and the crude product is eluted down a Sephadex™ G-25 Medium column using 1% glacial acetic acid as the eluant. Fractions containing product are combined and lyophilized to afford pure product as an extremely hydroscopic solid (0.07 g).
- To a solution of 7 (0.20 g, 0.47 mmol) in 20 mL of acetonitrile and 10 mL of water was added 160 mg of succinimidyl D-biotin. The solution was stirred for 18 h. The volume of the solution was reduced to 15 mL under vacuum and the remaining solution was purified on octadecylsilyl bonded silica using a water/acetonitrile gradient containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid. Fractions containing the product were combined and solvent removed under vacuum to give a waxy white solid (94% pure by HPLC). To the white solid was added 10 mL of 2-propanol and 10 mL of 4 N HCl in dioxane. The solvents were removed under vacuum. The resultant white solid was redissolved in water and dried under vacuum to give a hygroscopic foam (0.11 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1-31 (m, 4H), 1.44 (m, 6H), 1.64 (m, 8H), 2.09 (m, 4H), 2.63 (d, 2H), 2.91 (m, 4H), 3.06 (m, 8H), 4.18 (m, 1H), 4.36 (m, 1H).
- To a solution of 7 (0.20 g, 0.47 mmol) in 20 mL of methylene chloride was added 210 mg of cholesteryl chloroformate and 200 μL of diisopropylethylamine. The solution was stirred for 24 h. The methylene chloride was removed under vacuum and the remaining oil was redissolved in chloroform and purified on silica using a methanol/chloroform gradient containing 0.1% diisopropylethylamine. Fractions containing the product were combined and solvent removed under vacuum to give a waxy white solid (0.29 g). To the white solid was added 10 mL of 2-propanol and 10 mL of 4 N HCl in dioxane. The solvents were removed under vacuum. The resultant white solid was redissolved in water and dried under vacuum to give a waxy white solid (0.15 g).
- To a solution of N1,N8-Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine (1.0 g, 2.89 mmol) in acetone (100 mls) was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.605 mls, 3.47 mmol, 1.2 eq), potassium iodide (0.489, 2.89 mmol), and 1-bromooctane (0.500 mls, 2.89 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux for one hour, followed by the addition of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.605 mls, 3.47 mmol) and potassium iodide (0.48 g, 2.89 mmol). After an additional 3 hrs reflux, 1-bromooctane (0.500 mls, 2.89 mmol) was added and refluxing continued for an additional hour. The acetone was evaporated under vacuum. The residue taken up in chloroform (125 mls) and washed with water (2×75 mls). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), and solvent removed under vacuum to give a liquid. The liquid was purified by silica chromatography using a gradient of isopropanol in chloroform plus 1% N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The pure product was recovered as a pale orange oil (0.59 g). 1H NMR (CDCl13): δ 0.88 (t, 3.5H), 1.27 (m, 14.2H; should be 16.0H), 1.44 (s, 18.7H), 1.58 (m, 1.6H), 1.82 (m, 1.6H), 2.37 (m, 2.4H), 2.44 (m, 2.2H), 3.19 (m, 4.0H), 4.84 (m, 0.3H), 5.62 (m, 0.3H).
- The N4-octyl-N1,N8-Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine (0.15 g) was dissolved in 6 mL of 4 N HCl in dioxane and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the yellow oil suspended in chloroform and the solvent removed under vacuum. The resultant oil was dissolved in 10 mL of absolute ethanol and precipitated by the addition of 30 mL of diethyl ether. The solid was isolated by decanting off the liquid and drying under vacuum (0.10 g). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 0.86 (m, 3H), 1.28 (m, 10H), 1.58-1.80 (m, 6H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 3.03 (m, 4H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 8.01 and 8.13 (two m, 5H, should be 6H). Anal: Calcd for C15H38Cl3N3 C, 49.11; H, 10.44; N, 11.45. Found C, 48.57; H, 10.75; N, 11.29.
- A solution of N1,N8-Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine (0.50 g, 1.45 mmol) in acetone (50 mLs) was treated with N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.604 mLs, 3.48 mmol), potassium iodide (0.48 g, 2.90 mmol), and 1-bromodedecane (0.348 mLs, 2.90 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 18 hrs and was treated with additional 1-bromododecane (0.348 mLs, 2.90 mmol). Refluxing was continued for 4 hours. The acetone was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue taken up in chloroform (250 mLs). The solution was washed with water (2×100 mLs). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent removed for crude product. The material was purified by silica flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of isopropanol in chloroform plus 0.4% N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The pure product was recovered as an oil of mass 0.52 g. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 0.88 (t, 3.0H), 1.26 (broad s, 21.0H; should be 20.0H), 1.44 (s, 20.5; should be 18.0H), 1.64 (m, 5.8H), 2.37 (m, 3.8H), 2.46 (t, 2.5H), 3.15 (m, 4.0H), 4.84 (m, 0.5H), 5.62 (m, 0.8H).
- The N1,N8-Bis (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-N-4-dodecyl-spermidine (0.52 g, 1.01 mmol) was dissolved in 2-propanol (5 mLs) and treated with 4N HCl in dioxane (10 mLs). The homogeneous solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 hrs, and the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude oil was taken up in ethanol (20 mLs) and treated with ether (10-15 mLs) with stirring. A solid precipitated out of solution and was collected by filtration (85 mgs). A second crop was recovered for an additional 79 mgs. Total yield was 164 mgs. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 0.86 (t, 2.3H), 1.25 (m, 18.0H), 1.63 (m, 3.7H), 1.76 (m, 2.3H), 1.99 (m, 1.3H), 2.79 (m, 2.0H), 2.90 (m, 2.0H), 3.02 (m, 3.7H), 3.16 (m, 2.3H), 8.03 (m, 1.7H), 8.14 (m, 2.7H).
- A solution of N1,N8-Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl) spermidine (0.50 g, 1.45 mmol) in acetone (50 mLs) was treated with N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.302 mLs, 1.74 mmol, 1.2 eq), potassium iodide (0.24 g, 1.45 mol) and 1-bromohexadecane (0.442 mLs, 1.45 mmol). The mixture refluxed for 20 hrs, and the solvents were removed under vacuum. The residue was taken up in chloroform (250 mLs) and washed with water (150 mLs). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to afford crude product as an amber oil. The material was purified by silica flash chromatography using a gradient of isopropanol in chloroform plus 0.4% N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The pure product was recovered as a pale yellow oil, mass 0.42 g. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 0.88 (t, 2.9H), 1.26 (broad s, 30.3H; should be 28.0H), 1.44 (s, 22.9H; should be 18.0H), 1.60 (m, 4.0H), 1.72 (m, 1.7H), 2.37 (m, 3.7H), 2.46 (m, 2.9H; should be 2.0H), 3.17 (m, 4.0H), 4.83 (m, 0.6H), 5.62 (m, 0.6H).
- The N1,N8-Bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-N4-hexadecyl-spermidine (0.42 g, 0.74 mmol), was dissolved in 2-propanol (5 mls) and was treated with 4N HCl in dioxane (10 mls). The homogeneous solution was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hrs, followed by evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up in ethanol (12 mls) and was treated with ether (10 mLs) with stirring. A precipitate fell out of solution and was collected by filtration; mass 125 mgs. A second crop was recovered of mass 75 mgs for a total yield of 0.200 g. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6 +D2O): δ 0.83 (t, 2.1H; should be 3.0H), 1.22 (m, 26.6H), 1.54-1.70 (m, 6.0H), 1.96 (m, 1.7H), 2.81 (m, 1.7H), 2.89 (m, 2.1H), 3.04-3.12 (m, 6.0H).
- Human hepatocellular carcinoma HuH7 cells were grown and seeded into a 96 well plate with 1-2×104 cells in 100 μL of minimal essential media α, modification with 10% serum. The plates were incubated in a 37° CO2 incubator until the cells were 60-80% confluent (approximately 24 hrs). The media was removed and the cells washed once with Optimem® (serum free media). Optimem® (100 μL) containing 0.5 μg of pCMV β plasmid (from Clonetech, No. 6177-1), 0.5 μg of N4-(5-[N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl]aminopentyl)-spermidine and 2.5 μg of N4-(5-cholestene-3′β-oxycarbonyl)-aminopentyl)spermidine was added to the cells. The cells were incubated with the mixture for 4 hrs in a 37° CO2 incubator; thereafter 100 μL of media containing 20% serum was added and the incubation continued for an additional 20 hrs. Cells lysed with 0.5% NP-40 in 140 mM NaCl, 10 mM tris, 1.5 mM MgCl2 were assayed for β-galactosidase activity using o-nitrophenyl β-D-galactopyranoside, and gave A405=1.35 after 30 min. Cells grown in 6 well plates (25 mm diameter) and treated similarly were fixed with 2% paraformaldehyde and assayed for β-galactosidase activity using 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl β-D-galactopyranoside (J. Sambrook, et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor, 1989). Visual inspection showed 5-10% of the cells were transfected as evidenced by light microscopy. Similar results were obtained when the receptor specific binding component of the multifunctional molecular complex was omitted from the cell culture, while retaining the endosome membrane disruption promoting component of the multifunctional molecular complex.
- Similar results were obtained with N4-(5-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)aminopentyl) spermidine; and N4-(5-(methyltetrahydrofolyl) aminopentyl)-spermidine; with the endosome membrane disruption promoting components included therein. Similar results can also be obtained with N4-octylspermidine; N4-dodecylspermidine; fusogenic peptides acylated on the N-terminus by N4-(5-carboxypentyl)spermidine; N4-(5-(3α,7α,12 α-trihydroxy-5 β-cholan-24-oic)aminopentyl) spermidine amide, with the receptor specific binding components included therein.
- Solutions were prepared containing 100 μg of pCMVβ plasmid and 100 μg of either N4-octylspermidine, N4-dodecylspermidine or N4-(5-cholestene-3′ β-oxycarbonyl)-aminopentyl)spermidine, each in 100 μL of phosphate buffered saline. The plasmid solution (100 μL) was injected into the rear quadriceps of 6-12 week old BALB-C mice. The mice were sacrificed approximately 96 hrs later and the entire quadriceps muscle tissue was removed. The muscle was fixed with formalin for 2 hrs, and assayed for β-galactosidase activity using 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl-β-D-galactopyranoside (1 mg/mL in tris/EDTA pH 8.5). All three injections were scored as positive since the blue color was more intense than the control: injection of 100 μg of pCMVβ plasmid injected in 100 μL of 0.25% bupivicaine hydrochloride in citrate buffer pH 6.0. Similar results can also be obtained with fusogenic peptides acylated on the N-terminus by N4-(5-carboxypentyl) spermidine; and N4-(5-(3α,7α,12α-trihydroxy-5-cholan-24-oic)aminopentyl) spermidine amide.
- A solution is prepared containing 10 μg of pHBVSA plasmid, 5 μg of N4-(5-[N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl]aminopentyl)spermidine and 25 μg of N4-(5-cholestene-3′β-oxycarbonyl)aminopentyl)spermidine in 100 μL of phosphate buffered saline. The plasmid solution (100 μL) is injected into the tail vein of 6-12 week old BALB-C mice. The mice are sacrificed 48-120 hrs later and the serum tested for hepatitus B surface antigen using a commercial enzyme-linked immunoassay. The production of surface antigen is greater than the positive control supplied with the kit at 48 hrs post-injection.
- Similar results are obtained with N4-(5-(P-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)aminopentyl)spermidine; N2,N6-(5-[bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl]aminopentyl)spermidine; N4-(5-(methyltetrahydrofolyl) aminopentyl)spermidine; N4-(5-(folinyl)aminopentyl)-spermidine; N4-(5-(α-3′-propionyl thiomannoside) aminopentyl) spermidine and N4-(5-(α-3′-propionyl thiomannoside-6-phosphate)aminopentyl)spermidine, with the receptor specific binding components included therein.
- Similar results can also be obtained with N4-octylspermidine; N4-dodecylspermidine, fusogenic peptides acylated on the N-terminus by N4-(5-carboxypentyl)spermidine; N4-(5-(cholest-5-en-3′-β-carbamoyl)-aminopentyl)spermidine; and N4-(5-(3α,7α, 12α-trihydroxy-5β-cholan-24-oic)aminopentyl)-spermidine amide, with the endosome membrane disruption promoting component included therein.
- A kit for using the multifunctional molecular complexes of the present invention in a research and manufacturing setting, where the individual users supply their own DNA, includes a vial containing the transfer moiety of the present invention dissolved at 0.1 to 10 mg/mL and preferably at 1 mg/mL in a sterile buffer at pH 6-8 and preferably at pH 6.5 to 7.5. Acceptable buffers would include citrate, HEPES and phosphate. Use of the kit involves removing an aliquot of transfer moiety and adding the aliquot to the solution of DNA (at 0.05 to 2 mg/mL, and preferably 0.25 to 0.75 mg/mL), such that the final ratio of mg of transfer moiety to mg DNA is between 0.5 and 5.0 mg/mg. Optimal ratios can be readily determined. The DNA-transfer moiety mixture is mixed briefly and held at 370 for 15-60 minutes. The DNA-transfer moiety mixture, which has now formed the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention, is then diluted with minimal essential media (serum free) to a concentration of 5 to 100 μg/mL and added to the cells in culture. Optimal concentrations can be readily determined.
- A kit for using the transfer moieties of the present invention in a clinical or veterinary setting, where the individual users supply their own DNA, includes a vial containing the transfer moiety dissolved at 0.1 to 10 mg/mL and preferably at 1 mg/mL in a sterile buffer at pH 6-8 and preferably at pH 6.5 to 7.5. Acceptable buffers include citrate, HEPES and phosphate. Use of the kit involves removing an aliquot of transfer moiety and adding the aliquot to the solution of DNA (at 0.05 to 2 mg/mL, and preferably 0.25 to 0.75 mg/mL), such that the final ratio of mg of transfer moiety to mg DNA is between 0.5 and 5.0 mg/mg and is preferably 1 mg/mg. Optimal ratios can be readily determined. The DNA-compound mixture is mixed briefly and held at ambient temperature for 30-60 minutes. The DNA-transfer moiety mixture (10 to 500 μg of DNA), which has now formed the multifunctional molecular complex of the present invention, is then injected into the patient or subject, human or animal, as is consistent with the desired application, e.g., i.m. injection for immunization, i.v. injection for liver localization, etc.
- A kit for using the multifunctional molecular complexes of the present invention in a clinical or veterinary setting, where the DNA is supplied as part of the kit, includes a vial containing the compound dissolved at 0.05 to 10 mg/mL and preferably at 0.5 to 1 mg/mL in a sterile buffer at pH 6-8, and preferably at pH 6.5 to 7.5. Acceptable buffers include citrate, HEPES and phosphate. The kit also contains DNA appropriate for the intended use (at 0.05 to 2 mg/μL, and preferably 0.25 to 0.75 mg/mL), such that the final ratio of mg of the transfer moiety component of the kit to mg of the DNA component of the kit, is between 0.5 and 5.0 mg/mg, and is preferably 1 mg/mg. Optimal ratios can be readily determined. The DNA-transfer moiety mixture is held at ambient temperature for 30-60 minutes. The DNA-transfer moiety mixture (10 to 500 μg of DNA), is then injected into the patient or subject, human or animal, as is consistent with the desired application, e.g., i.m. injection for immunization, i.v. injection for liver localization, etc.
- Kit Containing Lyophilized Components
- The kits described in Examples 13 through 15 above, can also have the components thereof supplied as lyophilized powders where the transfer moieties, buffer components and excipients are reconstituted at the site of use by the addition of sterile water. These lyophilized kits can also include the DNA as a lyophilized component.
- Benzyl 6-bromohexanoate was prepared by dropwise addition of a solution of 6-bromohexanoyl chloride (20.0 mL) in 100 mL of methylene chloride to a solution of 66.22 mL of benzyl alcohol in 60 mL of pyridine. The mixture was cooled using an ice-water bath for 90 min, then stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solution was extracted with 200 mL of 1 N HCl followed by 2×150 mL of sat. NaHCO3. The extracts were discarded and the solution dried over Na2SO4. The solution was filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to give an oil. This oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of chloroform in hexanes. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.52, CHCl3/hexanes 6:4) were combined and the solvent removed to give 24.4 g.
- N4-(benzyl 6-hexanoyl)-N1,N8-bis (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine was prepared by treating N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (3.0 g) with three aliquots of benzyl 6-bromohexanoate (2.45 g each) and K2CO3 (1.19 g each) in one hour intervals in refluxing acetonitrile. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between 200 mL of water and 2×150 mL of CHCl3. The CHCl3 layers were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to give an oil. This oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf0.50, CHCl3/methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 3.82 g of N4-(benzyl 6′-hexanoyl)-N′,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine as an oil.
- N4-(benzyl 6′-hexanoyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (0.20 g) was dissolved in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred at room temperature for one hour. The trifluoroacetic acid was removed in vacuo, and the residue dissolved twice in chloroform (50 mL) and the solvent removed in vacuo. The oily residue was lyophilized from 10 mL of 0.1 N HCl to give 126 mg of N4-(benzyl 6′-hexanoyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride as an oil. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.37 (2H), 1.77 (9.4H), 2.05 (2H), 2.42 (1.8H), 2.9 (1.7H), 3.00 (4.4H), 3.20 (1.7H), 5.12 (1.7H), 7.37 (5H), 8.19 (5H), 10.77 (1H).
- N4-(6′-hexanoic acid)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (1.46 g) was treated with 0.37 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide and 0.66 g of N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran for 20 h. The precipitate was removed by filtration and the solvent removed in vacuo to give 1.99 g of N4-(succinimidyl 6′-hexanoyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine. The peptide SGSGGLFEAIAENGWEGMIDGGG was prepared using an ABI Model 431A peptide synthesizer, preloaded FMOC-amino acid cartridges and pre-loaded FMOC-Gly-p-alkoxy-benzyl alcohol resin. The FMOC protecting group was removed from the N-terminal serine and the resin dried. The peptide-resin was treated with 1.99 g of N4-(succinimidyl 6′-hexanoyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine and 1.24 mL of diisopropylethylamine in 50 mL of dimethylformamide for 24 h. The resin was isolated by filtration and rinsed with dichloromethane. The N4-(6′-hexanoyl)-spermidine-SGSGGLFEAIAENGWEGMIDGGGOH was cleaved from the resin using a mixture of water (0.25 mL), ethanedithiol (0.25 mL), thioanisole (0.50 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (9.5 mL). The spent resin was removed by filtration and the crude N4-(6′-hexanoyl)-spermidine-SGSGGLFEAIAENGWEGMIDGGGOH precipitated by addition of diethyl ether and isolated by filtration. A sample of the crude N4-(6′-hexanoyl)-s-permidine-SGSGGLFEAIAENGWEGMIDGGG-OH (100 mg) was purified by HPLC on a 25×250 mm C-18 column eluting with a gradient of 0.05 M ammonium bicarbonate and 0.05 M ammonium bicarbonate in 80% acetonitrile. FAB mass spectra MH+=2775.
- Cholic acid (95 mg) was dissolved in 10 mL of tetrahydrofuran and N-hydroxysuccinimide (27 mg) and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (48 mg) added. The mixture was stirred to dissolve and N4-(5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-spermidine (100 mg) added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature 48 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The crude wax was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.39, CHCl3/methanol 85:15) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.15 g of N4-(5′-(3″α,7″α,12α-trihydroxy-5″β-cholanamido)pentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine as a white solid. This solid was dissolved in 10 mL of 2-propanol and to this solution was added 10 mL of 4 N HCl in dioxane. The mixture was stirred for 18 h at room temperature, during this time N4-(5′-(3″α,7″α,12″α-trihydroxy-5″β-cholanamido)pentyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride precipitated as a fine white powder. This was isolated by filtration to give 67 mg. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.58 (s, 3H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.92 (m, 5.5H), 1.28 (m, 20.8H), 1.62 (m, 16.2H), 2.05 (m, 8.8H), 2.8 (q, 2.8H), 2.9 (q, 2.8H), 3.02 (q, 8.3H), 3.18 (m, 4.4H), 7.87 (m, 1.1H), 8.13 (br s, 4H), 8.23 (br s, 4H), 10.78 (br s, 1.1H).
- A solution of S-α-3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside (prepared similarly to S-β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl-galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside, M. Elofsson, S. Roy, B. Walse and J. Kihlberg, Carb. Res., 246, 89-103 (1993)) (0.90 g) was prepared in 50 mL of CHCl3. To the solution was added 5 mL of 2-propanol, 0.43 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and 0.24 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, then stored at 40 overnight. A precipitate was filtered off and solvent removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give an oil. The oil was dissolved in 30 mL of tetrahydrofuran. To this solution was added a solution of N4-(5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-spermidine (0.86 g) (in 50 mL tetrahydrofuran and 30 mL of water) and 0.55 mL of diisopropylethylamine. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the resultant solids were filtered off and the solvent removed in vacuo to give an oil. The oil was suspended in 100 mL of sat NaHCO3 and extracted with 2×75 mL of CHCl3. The solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed to give an oil. The oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.30, CHCl3/methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.10 g of N4-(5′-N-(S-α-3′-propionamido tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside)pentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine as a glass. This glass was dissolved in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and the mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue redissolved and solvent removed using chloroform (3×20 mL). The solid was treated with 15% NH4OH in 55% ethanol for two hours. The product was then lyophilized (3) from 0.05 N HCL to give N4-(5-(α-3′-propionyl thiomannoside)aminopentyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride as a white solid (64 mg).
- N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine was prepared similarly to N4-(benzyl 6′-hexanoyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine by treating N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (0.5 g) with four aliquots of N-CBZ-5-amino-1-bromopentane (1.74 g each) and five aliquots of K2CO3 (1.00 g each). The resultant oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform (TLC Rf 0.47, CHCl3/methanol 9:1+0.4% diisopropylethylamine) to give 0.72 g of N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine as an oil.
- N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine (0.24 g) was dissolved in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred in an ice-water bath under nitrogen for 2 hours. Cold ether was added to precipitate the product as an oil. The solvents were removed by decantation and the oil dissolved in 25 mL of 0.1 N HCL and lyophilized to give 0.16 g of N4-(N-CBZ-5-aminopentyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride as a glass. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.28 (m, 2H), 1.47 (m, 2H), 1.61 (m, 8H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 2.82, 2.90 (m, 4H), 3.02 (m, 8H), 3.15 (m, 2.7H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 7.35 (s+m, 6.7H), 8.00, 8.11 (overlapping br m, 7.3H).
- N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using the same sequence of reactions. N4,N9-bis(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using a single addition of N-CBZ-5-amino-1-bromopentane (5.10 g) and K2CO3 (4.70 g) to 3.42 g of N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in refluxing acetonitrile (100 mL). Workup as before gave the product as an oil which was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform containing diisopropylethylamine (0.2%). Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.43, CHCl3/methanol 9:1+0.4% diisopropylethylamine) were combined and the solvent removed to give 6.0 g of N4,N9-bis(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil. An aliquot (0.25 g) of this material was deprotected an converted to the hydrochloride as described above for N4-(N-CBZ-5-aminopentyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride to give 0.13 g of N4,N9-bis(N-CBZ-5-aminopentyl)-spermine tetrahydrochloride. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.28 (m, 4H), 1.43 (m, 4H), 1.76 (m, 8.8H), 2.01 (m, 4H), 2.90, 3.00 (overlapping m, 18.4H), 3.17 (m, 4.4H), 5.03 (s, 4H), 7.35 (s, 12H), 8.11 (br m, 5.6H).
- N4,N9-bis (octyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared using a single addition of 1-bromooctane (0.53 g), potassium iodide (0.45 g) and diisopropylethylamine (0.54 mL) to 0.50 g of N′,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in acetone (30 mL) and refluxing overnight. The acetone was removed in vacuo and the mixture taken up in 200 mL of chloroform and washed with 100 mL of water. The chloroform solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and solvent removed in vacuo to give the product as an oil. This oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.54, CHCl3/methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.26 g of N4,N9-bis(octyl)-N1,N12-bis (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as a wax. This material (0.26 g) was treated with 10 mL of 4 N HCl in dioxane for two hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give 0.21 g of N4,N9-bis(octyl)-spermine tetrahydrochloride as a wax. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.94 (t, 6H), 1.35 (m, 22H), 1.74, 1.83 (overlapping m, 8.2H), 2.10 (m, 4H), 2.97, 3.12, 3.26 (overlapping m, 1-8H), 8.27 (br m, 5.6H).
- To 0.68 g of N4,N9-bis(octyl)-spermine tetratrifluoroacetate in 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran and 1 mL of water was added 0.77 g of N,N′-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-S-methylisothiourea and 0.85 mL of diisopropylethylamine. The solution was refluxed for 1 h then stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen at 60° the resultant solid was suspended in 100 mL of sat. NaHCO3 and extracted with 2×100 mL of chloroform. The chloroform solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and solvent removed in vacuo to give an oil. This oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.39, CHCl3/methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.18 g of 1,12-bis-N-(N′, N″-bis-(tert-butyloxycarbonyl-guanidino))-N4,N9-bis(octyl)-4,9-diazadodecane as a wax. This wax was dissolved in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in chloroform and the solvent removed (2×20 mL) to give an oil. This oil was dissolved in 30 mL of 0.1 N HCl and lyophilized to give 1,12-bis-N-guanidino-N4,N9-bis(octyl)-4,9-diaza-dodecane tetrahydrochloride (86 mg) as oil. NMR (MeOH-d4) δ 0.82 (m, 3H), 1.23, 1.30 (overlapping m, 10H), 1.64, 1.71 (overlapping m, 4H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 3.14 (m, 6H).
- N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was isolated as a minor component during the preparation of N4,N9-bis(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N12-bis (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine. Fractions containing the N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (TLC Rf 0.26, CHCl3/methanol 9:1+0.4% diisopropylethylamine) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.84 g of an oil. To this oil was added 50 mL of acetonitrile, 0.47 mL of diisopropylethylamine and 0.35 g of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in 100 mL of chloroform and washed with 100 mL of water. The chloroform solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to give 0.83 g of N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris(tert-butylox-ycarbonyl)spermine an oil, single spot by TLC (Rf 0.56, CHCl3/methanol 9:1+0.4% diisopropylethylamine). The N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris(tert-butyloxy carbonyl)spermine (0.22 g) in 20 mL of methanol was treated with 0.04 g of 10% Pd/C and 50 PSIG H2 for 2 h at room temperature. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth and the solvent removed in vacuo to give N4-(5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N2-tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil (0.14 g). This oil was dissolved in methylene chloride and to the solution was added diisopropylethylamine (0.146 mL) and cholesterol chloroformate (0.094 g). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the resultant oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform containing diisopropylethylamine. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.29, CHCl3/methanol 9:1+0.4% diisopropylethylamine) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.19 g of N4-(5-N-(cholestene-3′βcarbamoyl)pentyl)-N1,N9,N2-tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil. This oil was dissolved in 5 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred under nitrogen in an ice-water bath for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in chloroform and the solvent removed (2×20 mL) to give an oil. This oil was dissolved in 10 mL of 0.1 N HCl and lyophilized to give a light brown oil (0.077 g). NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 0.58 (s, 3H), 0.78 (two s, 6H), 0.90 (overlapping m, 18H), 1.43 (overlapping m, 15H), 1.64 (overlapping m, 8H), 1.96 (m, 6H), 2.85 (overlapping m, 16H), 3.12 (m, 4H), 5.25 (m, 1H), 7.0 (br t, 1H), 8.06 (br m, 8H), 9.19 (br m, 2H).
- To a suspension of 7.8 g of 12-bromododecanoic acid in 100 mL of water was added 14 mL of 2 M dimethylamine in tetrahydrofuran resulting in a clear solution. The pH was adjusted to 7 with 1 N HCl and 5.36 g of 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide was added. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The resultant N,N-dimethyl 12-bromododecanamide precipitated out of solution as a white solid during this time. This solid was filtered off and wash with water, then dried in vacuo. N4,N9-bis(N,N-dimethyl 12′-dodecanamide)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using a single addition of N,N-dimethyl 12-bromododecanamide (2.34 g) and K2CO3 (1.70 g) to 0.50 g of N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in refluxing acetonitrile (50 mL). Workup as before gave the product as an oil which was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform containing isopropylethylamine (0.2%). Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.53, CHCl3/methanol 8:2+0.2% diisopropylethylamine) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.49 g of N4,N9-bis(N,N-dimethyl 12′-dodecanamide)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil. An aliquot (0.20 g) of this material was deprotected and converted to the hydrochloride as described above for N4-(N-CBZ-5-aminopentyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride to give 0.19 g of N4,N9-bis(N,N-dimethyl 12′-dodecanamide)-spermine tetrahydrochloride. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.26 (m, 25.6H), 1.46 (m, 3H), 1.70, 1.80 (overlapping m, 6H), 2.04 (m, 3H), 2.79 (s, 6H), 2.94 (s, 6H), 3.0-3.2 (overlapping m, 18H), 8.15 (br m, 5H).
- To a solution of 12-bromododecanoic acid (1.0 g) and benzyl alcohol (0.74 mL) in 200 mL of toluene was added p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.10 g). Most (ca. 180 mL) of the toluene was removed by simple distillation at atmospheric pressure, and the remaining solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and washed with sat. NaHCO3. The ethyl acetate solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to give crude benzyl 12-bromododecanoate (1.75 g) as a crude liquid. TLC (chloroform/hexane 85:15) showed only product (Rf 0.78) and benzyl alcohol (Rf 0.08). N4,N9-bis(benzyl 12′-dodecanoyl)-N′,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using a single addition of crude benzyl 12-bromododecanoate (4.6 g) and K2CO3 (1.70 g) to 1.0 g of N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in refluxing acetonitrile (100 mL). Workup as before gave the product as an oil which was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.35, CHCl3/methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.36 g of N4,N9-bis(benzyl 12′-dodecanoyl)-N1,N2-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil. An aliquot (0.27 g) of this material was deprotected and converted to the hydrochloride as described above for N4-(N-CBZ-5-aminopentyl-spermine trihydrochloride to give 0.17 g of N4,N9-bis (benzyl 12′-dodecanoyl)-spermine tetrahydrochloride. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.24 (m, 31.4H), 1.55 (m, 4.2H), 1.70, 1.80 (overlapping m, 8.6H), 2.02 (m, 4.2H), 2.9-3.2 (overlapping m, 21.4H), 5.08 (s, 4.2H), 7.36 (s, 10H) 8.13 (brm, 5.8H).
- N4,N9-bis(benzyl 12′-dodenanoyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.51 g) was dissolved in 50 mL of methanol and treated with 0.05 g of 10 Pd/C and 50 PSIG H2 for 3 h at room temperature. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth. The solvent was removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give N4,N9-bis(12′-dodecanoic acid)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil. An aliquot (0.22 g) of this material was deprotected and converted to the hydrochloride as described above for N4-(N-CBZ-5-aminopentyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride to give 0.17 g of N4,N9-bis(12′-dodecanoic acid)-spermine tetrahydrochloride. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.25 (m, 28H), 1.47 (m, 5H), 1.66, 1.76 (overlapping m, 8H), 2.02 (m, 3.6H), 2.91-3.17 (overlapping m, 19H), 8.11 (br m, 5H).
- N4-(benzyl 12′-dodenanoyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxyc-arbonyl)spermine was prepared similarly to N4-(N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N8-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermidine using a single addition of benzyl 12-bromododecanoate (6.58 g) to 1.43 g of N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine in refluxing acetonitrile (100 mL). Workup as before gave the product as an oil which was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform containing diisopropylethylamine (0.2%). Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.08, CHCl3/methanol 8:2+0.2% diisopropylethylamine) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.36 g of N4-(benzyl 12′-dodenanoyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil. An aliquot (0.29 g) of this material was deprotected and converted to the hydrochloride as described above for N4-(N-CBZ-5-aminopentyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride to give 0.19 g of N4-(benzyl 12′-dodenanoyl)-spermine tetrahydrochloride. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.24 (m, 12H), 1.53 (m, 1.5H), 1.69, 1.80 (overlapping m, 4H), 2.01 (m, 4H), 2.9-3.2 (overlapping m, 14H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 7.36 (s, 5H) 7.47 (m, 1H), 8.09 (br m, 5.5H), 9.20 (br m, 2H).
- N4-(benzyl 12′-dodenanoyl)-N1N12-bis(tert-butyloxyc-arbonyl)spermine (0.29 g) was dissolved in 30 mL of methanol and treated with 0.03 g of 10% Pd/C and 50 PSIG H2 for 1.5 h at room temperature. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth. The solvent was removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give N4-(12′-dodecanoic acid)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)-spermine as an oil (0.19 g). This material (0.19 g) was deprotected and converted to the hydrochloride as described above for N4-(N-CBZ-5-aminopentyl)-spermidine trihydrochloride to give 0.18 g of N4-(12′-dodecanoic acid)-spermine tetrahydrochloride. NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 1.26 (m, 16.7H), 1.48 (m, 2.7H), 1.70, 1.78 (overlapping m, 6H), 2.01 (m, 4H), 2.91-3.17 (overlapping m, 12H), 8.17 (br m, 5.3H), 9.30 (br m, 2H).
- N4,N9-bis (N-CBZ-5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (2.04 g) was dissolved in 50 mL of methanol and treated with 0.84 g of 10% Pd/C and 50 PSIG H2 for 2.5 h at room temperature. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth and solvent removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give N4,N9-bis(5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.79 g) as an oil. A solution of S-α-3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside (2.94 g) was prepared in 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran. To the thiomannoside solution was added 1.39 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and 0.78 g of N-hydroxysuccinimide. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h, then stored at 4° for 0.5 h. A precipitate was filtered off and solvent removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give succinimidyl S-α-3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside (3.80 g) as a white solid. The N4,N9-bis(5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyloxycar-bonyl)spermine (0.79 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) and to the solution was added 0.64 mL of diisopropylethylamine and 1.32 g of succinimidyl S-α-3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give a glass. This glass was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform containing diisopropylethylamine (0.2%). Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.30, CHCl3/methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.69 g of N4,N9-bis(5-(α-3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl thiomannoside)aminopentyl)-N1,N12-bis(tert-butyl-oxycarbonyl)spermine as a glass. This glass was dissolved in 20 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in chloroform and the solvent removed (2×20 mL) to give 0.78 g of N4,N9-bis(5-N-(α-3′-propionamido tetra-O-acetyl thiomannoside)pentyl)-spermine as an oil. This oil was dissolved in 25 mL of methanol and to the solution was added 25 mL of water and 1.56 g of Na2CO3, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in 6 mL of 1% acetic acid and purified in three 2 mL aliquots on three Sephadex™ G-25 medium columns (12 mL each), eluting with 1% acetic acid. Fractions containing the product were combined and lyophilized to give 0.31 g of N4,N9-bis(5-N-(α-3′-propionamido thiomannoside)pentyl)-spermine tetraacetate as a white solid. NMR (D2O) δ 1.42 (m, 4H), 1.59 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 9.5H), 1.95 (s, 38.5H), 2.14 (m, 5H),2.62 (t, 4H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.10 (m, 4.5H), 3.24 (m, 18H), 3.72 (m, 6H), 4.05 (m, 6.5H), 5.34 (s, 2H).
- A solution of pentaethylene glycol (5.0 g) in 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added to a rapidly stirred suspension of NaH (0.42 g of 60%) in 40 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The reaction mixture was kept under nitrogen and suspended in an ice-water bath and stirred for 0.5 h. A solution of N-CBZ-5-amino-1-bromopentane (3.78 g) in 30 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added and the mixture stirred in the ice-water bath for 1 h, then at room temperature for 18 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of 2-propanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.30, CHCl3/2-propanol 95:5) were combined and the solvent removed to give 3.25 g of N-CBZ-20-amino-3,6,9,12,15-penta-oxa-1-eicosanol as an oil. A solution of N-CBZ-20-amino-3,6,9,12,15-penta-oxa-1-eicosanol (3.25 g) in 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran was added to a rapidly stirred suspension of NaH (0.28 g of 60%) in 25 mL of tetrahydrofuran. The reaction mixture was kept under nitrogen and suspended in an ice-water bath and stirred for 0.5 h. To the solution was added tert-butyl 1-bromoacetate (1.15 mL) and the mixture stirred in the ice-water bath for 1 h, then at room temperature for four days. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue suspended in 100 mL of chloroform and washed with water (50 mL). The chloroform solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to give an oil. This oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of 2-propanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.45, CHCl3/2-propanol 95:5) were combined and the solvent removed to give 3.24 g of tert-butyl N-CBZ-23-amino-3,6,9,12,15,18-hexa-oxa-1-tricosanoate as a colorless oil. An aliquot of the tert-butyl N-CBZ-23-amino-3,6,9,12,15,18-hexa-oxa-1-tricosanoate (0.49 g) was dissolved in 10 mL of 4 N HCl in dioxane and stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo. The resultant crude N-CBZ-23-amino-3,6,9,12,15,18-hexa-oxa-1-tricosanoic acid was dissolved in 15 mL of dimethylformamide. To this solution was added N-hydroxysuccinimide (0.10 g), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyl carbodiimide (0.16 g) and N4-(5′-aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.50 g). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 days. The dimethylformamide was removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in chloroform (100 mL). The chloroform solution was washed sequentially with 0.1 N HCL (75 mL) and sat. NaHCO3. The chloroform solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed in vacuo to give an oil. This oil was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of 2-propanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.33, CHCl3/methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.19 g of N4-(5-N-(N-CBZ-23′-amino-3′,6′,9′, 12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido)aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris(tert-butyloxycarbony-l)spermine as a colorless oil. This oil was dissolved in 50 mL of ethyl acetate and treated with 0.19 g of 10% Pd/C and 50 PSIG H2 for 2.5 h at room temperature. The Pd/C was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth and solvent removed from the filtrate in vacuo to give N4-(5-N-(23′-amino-3′,6′,9′, 12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido) aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermin-e as a colorless oil (0.13 g). N4-(5-N-(23′-amino-3′,6′,9′,12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido) aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12 tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.13 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and to the solution was added 0.048 mL of diisopropylethylamine and 0.073 g of succinimidyl S-α-3′-propionyl tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give a glass. This glass was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf 0.36, CHCl3/methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.10 g of N4-(5-N-(23′-N-(S-α-3′-propionamido tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside)-3′,6′,9′, 12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-triconsanamido)aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as an oil. FAB mass spectra, MH+=3328. The N4-(5-N-(23′-N-(S-α-3′-propionamido tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside)-3′,6′,9′, 12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido) aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermi-ne (0.55 g) was dissolved in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacua and the residue dissolved in chloroform and the solvent removed (2×20 mL) to give 0.76 g of N-(5-N-(23′-N-(S-α-3′-propionamido tetra-O-acetyl-thiomannoside)-3′,6′,9′, 12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido-)aminopentyl)-spermine as an oil. This oil was dissolved in 20 mL of methanol and to the solution was added 20 mL of water and 0.85 g of Na2CO3, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 6.5 h. The solvents were removed in vacua and the residue taken up in 6 mL of 1% acetic acid and purified in four 1.5 mL aliquots on three Sephadex™ G-25 medium columns (12 mL each), eluting with 1 acetic acid. Fractions containing the product were combined and lyophilized to give 0.22 g of N4-(5-N-(23′-N-(S-α-3′-propionamido thiomannoside)-3′,6′,9′, 12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido)aminopentyl)-spermine tetraacetate as an oil. NMR (D2O) δ 1.35 (m, 4H), 1.55 (m, 6H), 1.75 (m, 6.4H), 1.91 (s, 14H), 2.09 (m, 4.2H), 2.58 (t, 1.7H), 2.90 (m, 1.7H), 3.09, 3.19 (overlapping m, 18.1H), 3.53 (t, 2.5H), 3.69 (m, 22H), 3.88 (m, 3.8H), 4.06 (s, 1.7H), 5.30 (s, 1H).
- N4-(5-N-(O-(5-N-(α-3″-propionamido thiomannoside)pentyl)-O-(2-acetamido)nonadecaethylene glycol)pentyl)-spermine tetraacetate could be prepared similarly to N4-(5-N-(23′-N-(S-α-3′-propionamido thiomannoside)-3′,6′,9′, 12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido)aminopentyl)-spermine tetraacetate by substituting 18.9 g of poly(ethylene glycol) of average molecular weight 900 for the pentaethyleneglycol in the procedure described in Example 32.
- N4-(((23-[N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β1-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl]-amino)-3′,6′,9′,12′-15′-18′-hex-a-oxa-tricosanamido)aminopentyl)-spermine tetraacetate was prepared similarly to N4-(5-N-(23′-N-(S-α-3′-propionamido thiomannoside)-3′,6′,9′,12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido)aminopentyl)-spermine tetraacetate and the procedure described in Example 32. N4-(5-N-(23′-amino-3′,6′,9′,12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido)amino-pentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.14 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) and to the solution was added 0.052 mL of diisopropylethylamine and 0.37 g of succinimidyl N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysinate, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give a glass. This glass was purified on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of methanol in chloroform. Fractions containing the product (TLC Rf0.46, CHCl3/methanol 9:1) were combined and the solvent removed to give 0.15 g of N4-(((5-N-(23′-N-(N2N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysinamido)-3′,6′,9′,12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido)aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris (tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine as a white solid. FAB mass spectra, MH+=3328. The N4-(((5-N-(23′-N-(N2,N6-bis(β-3′-p-ropionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysinamido)-3′,6′,9′,12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido) aminopentyl)-N1,N9,N12-tris(tert-butyloxycarbonyl)spermine (0.28 g) was dissolved in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in chloroform and the solvent removed (2×20 mL) to give 0.36 g of 4-(((5-N-(23′-N-(N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl hepta-O-acetyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysinamido)-3′,6′,9′, 12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido)aminopentyl)-spermine as an oil. This oil was dissolved in 10 mL of methanol and to the solution was added 10 mL of water and 0.44 g of Na2CO3, and the solution stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in 5 mL of 1% acetic acid and 1 mL of ethanol and purified in four 1.5 mL aliquots on two Sephadex™ G-25 medium columns (15 mL and 20 mL), eluting with 10% ethanol in 1% acetic acid. Fractions containing the product were combined and lyophilized to give 0.095 g of N4-(((23-[N2,N6-bis(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl-N6-(β-3′-propionyl galactosyl-β1-4-thioglucoside)lysyl]-amino)-3′,6′,9,12′-15′-18′-hexa-oxa-tricosanamido)aminopentyl)-spernine tetraacetate.
TABLE 1 Picornavirus Family Genera: Rhinoviruses: (Medical) responsible for .about. 50% cases of the common cold. Etheroviruses: (Medical) includes polioviruses, coxsackieviruses, echoviruses, and human enteroviruses such as hepatitis A virus. Apthoviruses: (Veterinary) these are the foot and mouth disease viruses. Target antigens: VP1, VP2, VP3, VP4, VPG Calcivirus Family Genera: Norwalk Group of Viruses: (Medical) these viruses are an important causative agent of epidemic gastroenteritis. Togavirus Family Genera: Alphaviruses: (Medical and Veterinary) examples include Senilis viruses, RossRiver virus and Eastern & Western Equine encephalitis. Reovirus: (Medical) Rubella virus. Flariviridue Family Examples include: (Medical) dengue, yellow fever, Japanese encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis and tick borne encephalitis viruses. Hepatitis C Virus: (Medical) these viruses are not placed in a family yet but are believed to be either a togavirus or a flavivirus. Most similarity is with togavirus family. Coronavirus Family: (Medical and Veterinary) Infectious bronchitis virus (poultry) Porcine transmissible gastroenteric virus (pig) Porcine hemagglutinating encephalomyelitis virus (pig) Feline infectious peritonitis virus (cats) Feline enteric coronavirus (cat) Canine coronavirus (dog) The human respiratory coronaviruses cause .about. 40 cases of common cold. EX. 224E, 0C43 Note - coronaviruses may cause non-A, B or C hepatitis Target antigens: E1 - also called M or matrix protein E2 - also called S or Spike protein E3 - also called HE or hemagglutin-elterose glycoprotein (not present in all coronaviruses) N - nucleocapsid Rhabdovirus Family Genera: Vesiliovirus Lyssavirus: (medical and veterinary) rabies Target antigen: G protein N protein Filoviridue Family: (Medical) Hemorrhagic fever viruses such as Marburg and Ebola virus Paramyxovirus Family: Genera: Paramyxovirus: (Medical and Veterinary) Mumps virus, New Castle disease virus (important pathogen in chickens) Morbillivirus: (Medical and Veterinary) Measles, canine distemper Pneuminvirus: (Medical and Veterinary) Respiratory syncytial virus Orthomyxovirus Family (Medical) The Influenza virus Bungavirus Family Genera: Bungavirus: (Medical) California encephalitis, LA Crosse Phlebovirus: (Medical) Rift Valley Fever Hantavirus: Puremala is a hemahagin fever virus Nairvirus (Veterinary) Nairobi sheep disease Also many unassigned bungaviruses Arenavirus Family (Medical) LCM, Lassa fever virus Reovirus Family Genera: Reovirus: a possible human pathogen Rotavirus: acute gastroenteritis in children Orbiviruses: (Medical and Veterinary) Colorado Tick fever, Lebombo (humans) equine encephalosis, blue Tongue Retrovirus Family Sub-Family: Oncorivirinal: (Veterinary) (Medical) feline leukemia virus, HTLVI and HTLVII Lentivirinal: (Medical and Veterinary) HIV, feline immunodeficiency virus, equine infections, anemia virus Spumavirinal Papovavirus Family Sub-Family: Polyomaviruses: (Medical) BKU and JCU viruses Sub-Family: Papillomavirus: (Medical) many viral types associated with cancers or malignant progression of papilloma Adenovirus (Medical) EX AD7, ARD., O.B. - cause respiratory disease - some adenoviruses such as 275 cause enteritis Parvovirus Family (Veterinary) Feline parvovirus: causes feline enteritis Feline panleucopeniavirus Canine parvovirus Porcine parvovirus Herpesvirus Family Sub-Family: alphaherpesviridue Genera: Simplexvirus (Medical) HSVI, HSVII Varicellovirus: (Medical - Veterinary) pseudorabies - varicella zoster Sub-Family - betaherpesviridue Genera: Cytomegalovirus (Medical) HCMV Muromegalovirus Sub-Family: Gammaherpesviridue Genera: Lymphocryptovirus (Medical) EBV - (Burkitts lympho) Rhadinovirus Poxvirus Family Sub-Family: Chordopoxviridue (Medical - Veterinary) Genera: Variola (Smallpox) Vaccinia (Cowpox) Parapoxivirus - Veterinary Auipoxvirus - Veterinary Capripoxvirus Leporipoxvirus Suipoxvirus Sub-Family: Entemopoxviridue Hepadnavirus Family Hepatitis B virus Unclassified Hepatitis delta virus -
TABLE 2 Bacterial pathogens Pathogenic gram-positive cocci include: pneumococcal; staphy- lococcal; and streptococcal. Pathogenic gram-negative cocci include: meningococcal; and gonococcal. Pathogenic enteric gram-negative bacilli include: enterobac- teriaceae; pseudomonas, acinetobacteria and eikenella; melioidosis; salmonella; shigellosis; hemophilus; chancroid; brucellosis; tularemia; yersinia (pasteurella); streptobacillus moniliformis and spirillum; listeria monocytogenes; erysipelo- thrix rhusiopathiae; diphtheria; cholera; anthrax; donovanosis (granuloma inguinale); and bartonellosis. Pathogenic anaerobic bacteria include: tetanus; botulism; other clostridia; tuberculosis; leprosy; and other mycobacteria. Pathogenic spirochetal diseases include: syphilis; treponema- toses: yaws, pinta and endemic syphilis; and leptospirosis. Other infections caused by higher pathogen bacteria and patho- genic fungi include: actinomycosis; nocardiosis; cryptococcosis, blastomycosis, histoplasmosis and coccidioidomycosis; candidiasis, aspergillosis, and mucormycosis; sporotrichosis; paracoccidio- domycosis, petriellidiosis, torulopsosis, mycetoma and chromo- mycosis; and dermatophytosis. Rickettsial infections include rickettsial and rickettsioses. Examples of mycoplasma and chlamydial infections include: mycoplasma pneumoniae lymphogranuloma venereum; psittacosis; and perinatal chlamydial infections. Pathogenic eukaryotes Pathogenic protozoans and helminths and infections thereby include: amebiasis; malaria; leishmaniasis; trypanosomiasis; toxoplasmosis; pneumocystis carinii; babesiosis; giardiasis; trichinosis; filariasis; schistosomiasis; nematodes; trematodes or flukes; and cestode (tapeworm) infections. -
Claims (20)
1. A method for the transfer of a nucleic acid composition to cells, comprising the step of introducing a multifunctional molecular complex into cells,
wherein said multifunctional molecular complex comprises:
A) a nucleic acid composition; and
B) a transfer moiety comprising
(i) one or more cationic polyamine components, wherein each cationic polyamine is non-covalently bound to said nucleic acid composition and comprises from three to twelve nitrogen atoms; and
(ii) one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components attached to at least one nitrogen atom of at least one of said polyamine components through an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl bridging group, said one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components independently selected from (a) at least one lipophilic long chain alkyl group or (b) a fusogenic peptide, cholic acid or cholesteryl group or a derivative thereof;
wherein said multifunctional molecular complex transfers said nucleic acid composition to said cells.
2. The method according to claim 1 wherein said nucleic acid composition is a nucleic acid molecule that comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide or protein, or serves as a template for a nucleic acid molecule.
3. The method according to claim 2 wherein the peptide, protein or nucleic acid molecule is a product of industrial, commercial or scientific value, selected from the group consisting of therapeutic agents; vaccines; foodstuffs and nutritional supplements; compounds of agricultural significance; herbicides and plant growth regulants; insecticides; miticides; rodenticides; and fungicides; compounds useful in animal health; parasiticides; nematocides.
4. The method according to claim 1 wherein the target cells are cultures of host cells comprising microorganism cells of bacteria, yeast, plant or mammalian cells; said cell cultures being maintained in accordance with fermentation techniques which maximize production of the peptide, protein or functional nucleic acid molecule being produced.
5. The method according to claim 1 wherein the nucleic acid composition comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a protein and is operably linked to regulatory sequences.
6. The method according to claim 1 wherein the nucleic acid composition comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a protein which comprises at least one epitope that is identical or substantially similar to an epitope of an antigen against which an immune response is desired, said nucleotide sequence being operably linked to regulatory sequences.
7. The method according to claim 1 , wherein the transfer moiety of said multifunctional molecular complex further comprises at least one receptor specific binding component which is a ligand for a receptor on a target cell.
8. The method according to claim 7 , wherein the receptor specific binding component is attached through a bridging group to either (i) to a further nitrogen atom of at least one of said cationic polyamine components to which said one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components is attached, or (ii) to a nitrogen atom of at least one further polyamine component which does not have attached thereto any endosome membrane disruption promoting component.
9. The method according to claim 8 , wherein the bridging group through which the receptor specific binding component is attached is selected from the group consisting of an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, and carbamoyl bridging group.
10. The method according to claim 1 , wherein the cationic polyamine comprises the formula (1):
NR(R3)—[—(CR1R2)m—N(R3)—]n—(CR1R2)m—NR(R3) (1)
wherein:
R, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl;
m in each occurrence is independently selected from the integers 2 through 5 inclusive;
n is selected from the integers 1 through 10 inclusive; and
R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, an endosome membrane disruption promoting component, and a receptor specific binding component, or NR(R3) is guanidino,
wherein said transfer moiety comprises at least one endosome membrane disruption promoting component attached to at least one nitrogen atom of at least one of said cationic polyamine components.
11. The method according to claim 10 , wherein said one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components are independently selected from the group consisting of:
(a) —B—(CR1R2)j—C(R)3, where R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, or C(R)3 is C6H5 aromatic or absent; R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl; j is an integer from 0 to 24 inclusive; and B is optionally absent, or is a bridging group of the formula:
(i) —(CR1R2)k—C(═O)-Z-;
(ii) —(CR1R2)k—N(R)—C(═O)-Z-;
(iii) —(CR1R2)k—N(R)-{-C(═O)—CH2—O-[—(CH2)2—O-]1—(CH2)k—N(R)}p—C(═O)-Z-; or
(iv) —(CR1R2)k—C(═O)—{—N(R)—[—(CH2)2—O—]l—CH2—C(═O)}p-Z-;
where k is, independently, an integer from 1 to 11 inclusive, 1 is an integer from 0 to 30 inclusive, and p is an integer from 1 to 3 inclusive; R is independently defined as above or is absent, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl; and Z is O, OH, S, N(R), or is absent;
(b) —B—(R4)R, where R, R1 and R2 are each independently defined as above; B cannot be absent and is a bridging group independently selected from groups (i) through (iv) above, and additionally from the group of the formula:
(v) —(CR1R2)j═—X—, where j=is an integer from 1 to 8 inclusive; R1 and R2 are each independently defined as above;
X is O, S, N(R), or absent; and
R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
(i) fusogenic peptides comprising spike glycoproteins of enveloped animal viruses;
(ii) cholic acid derivatives of the formula (2):
where:
represents a single or double bond, forming a saturated or unsaturated portion of the ring system, provided that they cannot both be unsaturated at the same time, whereby the ring system must be either Δ4 or Δ5;
R6 is —H, —OH, —CO2H, —C(═O)NH2, —OC(═O)NH2, —NH2, or —O(CH2CH2O)n═H, where n=is an integer from 1 to 6 inclusive;
R7 is a radical that forms the point of attachment of the cholic acid derivative, comprising —C1-6 alkyl- or —C1-6 alkylcarbonyl-; and
R8 is C1-6 alkyl; and
(iii) cholesteryl derivatives of the formula (3):
where:
represents a single or double bond, forming a saturated or unsaturated portion of the ring system, provided that they cannot both be unsaturated at the same time, whereby the ring system must be either Δ4 or Δ5;
R6a is a radical that forms the point of attachment of the cholesteryl derivative, comprising —C1-6 alkyl-, —OC(═O)—, or —OCH2C(═O)—;
R7a is C1-6 alkyl; and
R8a is C1-6 alkyl.
12. The method according to claim 10 , wherein the cationic polyamine has the formula NH(R30)—(CH2)3—N(R3)—(CH2)4—N(R3)—(CH2)3—NH(R30) wherein:
R30 is hydrogen or NH(R30) is guanidino; and
at least one R3 is an endosome membrane disruption promoting component of the formula —B—(CR1R2)j—C(R)3.
13. The method according to claim 10 , wherein said transfer moiety comprises more than one cationic polyamine component.
14. The method according to claim 10 , wherein a first cationic polyamine component comprises an endosome membrane disruption promoting component and a second cationic polyamine component comprises a receptor specific binding component.
15. A method of immunization against a pathogen comprising the step of introducing a multifunctional molecular complex;
wherein said multifunctional molecular complex comprises:
A) a nucleic acid composition; and
B) a transfer moiety comprising
(i) one or more cationic polyamine components, wherein each cationic polyamine is non-covalently bound to said nucleic acid composition and comprises from three to twelve nitrogen atoms; and
(ii) one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components attached to at least one nitrogen atom of at least one of said polyamine components through an alkyl, carboxamide, carbamate, thiocarbamate, or carbamoyl bridging group, said one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components independently selected from (a) at least one lipophilic long chain alkyl group or (b) a fusogenic peptide, cholic acid or cholesteryl group or a derivative thereof;
wherein said multifunctional molecular complex transfers said nucleic acid composition to said cells,
wherein said nucleic acid molecule comprises a nucleotide sequence that encodes a peptide which comprises at least an epitope identical to, or substantially similar to an epitope displayed on said pathogen as antigen and wherein said nucleotide sequence is operatively linked to regulatory sequences; and wherein said nucleic acid molecule is capable of being expressed in the cells.
16. The method according to claim 15 wherein said nucleic acid molecule is administered intramuscularly.
17. The method according to claim 15 wherein said pathogen is a virus selected from the group consisting of: human immunodeficiency virus, HIV; human T cell leukemia virus, HTLV; influenza virus; hepatitis A virus, HAV; hepatitis B virus, HBV; hepatitis C virus, HCV; human papilloma virus, HPV; Herpes simplex 1 virus, HSV1; Herpes simplex 2 virus, HSV2; Cytomegalovirus, CMV; Epstein-Barr virus, EBV; rhinovirus; and, coronavirus.
18. The method according to claim 15 wherein at least two or more different nucleic acid molecules are administered to different cells of said individual.
19. The method according to claim 18 wherein said different nucleic acid molecules each comprise nucleotide sequences encoding one or more pathogen antigens of the same pathogen.
20. A method for delivering a nucleic acid molecule to a targeted population of cells of an individual, said method comprising the step of delivering to the individual a multifunctional molecular complex comprising:
NR(R3)—[—(CR1R2)m—N(R3)—]n—(CR1R2)m—NR(R3) (1)
A) a nucleic acid molecule; and
B) a transfer moiety comprising one or more cationic polyamine components, wherein each cationic polyamine is non-covalently bound to said nucleic acid molecule and each independently comprises a cationic polyamine of the formula (1):
NR(R3)—[—(CR1R2)m—N(R3)—]n—(CR1R2)m—NR(R3) (1)
wherein:
R, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6 alkyl;
m in each occurrence is independently selected from the integers 2 through 5 inclusive,
n is selected from the integers 1 through 10 inclusive;
R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; C1-6 alkyl, and an endosome membrane disruption promoting component, or NR(R3) is guanidino;
wherein said transfer moiety comprises at least one endosome membrane disruption promoting component attached to at least one nitrogen atom of at least one of said cationic polyamine components;
wherein said transfer moiety comprises at least one receptor specific binding component attached either (i) to a further nitrogen atom of at least one of said cationic polyamine components to which said one or more endosome membrane disruption promoting components is attached, or (ii) to a nitrogen atom of at least one further polyamine component which does not have attached thereto any endosome membrane disruption promoting component,
wherein said receptor specific binding component which is a ligand for natural receptors of said target cells.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/170,539 US20050239204A1 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 2005-06-29 | Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US08/314,060 US5837533A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1994-09-28 | Complexes comprising a nucleic acid bound to a cationic polyamine having an endosome disruption agent |
PCT/US1995/012502 WO1996010038A1 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1995-09-28 | Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells |
US8809397A | 1997-03-21 | 1997-03-21 | |
US09/425,597 US6379965B1 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1999-10-22 | Multifunctional complexes for gene transfer into cells comprising a nucleic acid bound to a polyamine and having an endosome disruption agent |
US10/010,114 US7202227B2 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 2001-11-13 | Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells |
US11/170,539 US20050239204A1 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 2005-06-29 | Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/010,114 Continuation US7202227B2 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 2001-11-13 | Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20050239204A1 true US20050239204A1 (en) | 2005-10-27 |
Family
ID=23218392
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/314,060 Expired - Lifetime US5837533A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1994-09-28 | Complexes comprising a nucleic acid bound to a cationic polyamine having an endosome disruption agent |
US08/809,397 Expired - Fee Related US6127170A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1995-09-28 | Multifunctional complexes for gene transfer into cells comprising a nucleic acid bound to a polyamine and having a endosome disruption agent |
US09/425,597 Expired - Fee Related US6379965B1 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1999-10-22 | Multifunctional complexes for gene transfer into cells comprising a nucleic acid bound to a polyamine and having an endosome disruption agent |
US10/010,114 Expired - Fee Related US7202227B2 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 2001-11-13 | Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells |
US11/170,539 Abandoned US20050239204A1 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 2005-06-29 | Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/314,060 Expired - Lifetime US5837533A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1994-09-28 | Complexes comprising a nucleic acid bound to a cationic polyamine having an endosome disruption agent |
US08/809,397 Expired - Fee Related US6127170A (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1995-09-28 | Multifunctional complexes for gene transfer into cells comprising a nucleic acid bound to a polyamine and having a endosome disruption agent |
US09/425,597 Expired - Fee Related US6379965B1 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 1999-10-22 | Multifunctional complexes for gene transfer into cells comprising a nucleic acid bound to a polyamine and having an endosome disruption agent |
US10/010,114 Expired - Fee Related US7202227B2 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 2001-11-13 | Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US5837533A (en) |
EP (1) | EP0789708B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP3925815B2 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE281468T1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2201396C (en) |
DE (1) | DE69533725T2 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2231791T3 (en) |
PT (1) | PT789708E (en) |
WO (1) | WO1996010038A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110207799A1 (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2011-08-25 | Roche Madison Inc. | Compositions for Targeted Delivery of siRNA |
US20240150409A1 (en) * | 2011-10-07 | 2024-05-09 | Isd Immunotech Aps | Identification and Attenuation of the Immunosuppressive Domains in Fusion Proteins of Enveloped RNA Viruses |
Families Citing this family (211)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5795870A (en) * | 1991-12-13 | 1998-08-18 | Trustees Of Princeton University | Compositions and methods for cell transformation |
US5670347A (en) | 1994-05-11 | 1997-09-23 | Amba Biosciences Llc | Peptide-mediated gene transfer |
US5837533A (en) * | 1994-09-28 | 1998-11-17 | American Home Products Corporation | Complexes comprising a nucleic acid bound to a cationic polyamine having an endosome disruption agent |
US6331524B1 (en) | 1994-12-09 | 2001-12-18 | Genzyme Corporation | Organ-specific targeting of cationic amphiphile / DNA complexes for gene therapy |
US5719131A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-02-17 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing dialkylamine lipophilic groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5910487A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1999-06-08 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles and plasmids for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5747471A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-05-05 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing steroid lipophilic groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US6071890A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 2000-06-06 | Genzyme Corporation | Organ-specific targeting of cationic amphiphile/DNA complexes for gene therapy |
US5840710A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-11-24 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing ester or ether-linked lipophilic groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5767099A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-06-16 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing amino acid or dervatized amino acid groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5650096A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1997-07-22 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5948767A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1999-09-07 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphile/DNA complexes |
US6383814B1 (en) | 1994-12-09 | 2002-05-07 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US6008202A (en) | 1995-01-23 | 1999-12-28 | University Of Pittsburgh | Stable lipid-comprising drug delivery complexes and methods for their production |
US5795587A (en) | 1995-01-23 | 1998-08-18 | University Of Pittsburgh | Stable lipid-comprising drug delivery complexes and methods for their production |
US20030069173A1 (en) * | 1998-03-16 | 2003-04-10 | Life Technologies, Inc. | Peptide-enhanced transfections |
US6051429A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 2000-04-18 | Life Technologies, Inc. | Peptide-enhanced cationic lipid transfections |
EP0874910A4 (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1999-04-21 | Life Technologies Inc | Peptide-enhanced cationic lipid transfections |
FR2736642B1 (en) * | 1995-07-10 | 1997-09-12 | Pasteur Institut | IMMUNOVECTORS, IN PARTICULAR ANTIBODIES AND FRAGMENTS OF ANTIBODIES FOR USE IN THE INTRACELLULAR AND INTRANUCLEAR TRANSPORT OF BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE PRINCIPLES IN PARTICULAR OF HAPTENES, PROTEINS AND NUCLEIC ACIDS |
FR2741066B1 (en) * | 1995-11-14 | 1997-12-12 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa | NEW TRANSFECTION AGENTS AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL APPLICATIONS |
US7002027B1 (en) | 1996-01-08 | 2006-02-21 | Canji, Inc. | Compositions and methods for therapeutic use |
US6392069B2 (en) | 1996-01-08 | 2002-05-21 | Canji, Inc. | Compositions for enhancing delivery of nucleic acids to cells |
FR2744453B1 (en) * | 1996-02-05 | 1998-07-10 | Transgene Sa | LIPOPOLYAMINE COMPOUNDS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING SAME, NUCLEIC ACID TRANSFER VECTORS AND PREPARATION METHOD |
US6077834A (en) * | 1996-02-09 | 2000-06-20 | Cheng; Pi-Wan | Receptor ligand-facilitated delivery of biologically active molecules |
JP4340330B2 (en) * | 1996-05-24 | 2009-10-07 | アイシー‐ヴェック・リミテッド | Polycationic sterol derivatives as transfection agents |
US5935936A (en) * | 1996-06-03 | 1999-08-10 | Genzyme Corporation | Compositions comprising cationic amphiphiles and co-lipids for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
AU3514197A (en) | 1996-07-03 | 1998-01-21 | Genetics Institute Inc. | Protease fmh-1, an ice/ced-like protease |
CN1181422A (en) * | 1996-10-31 | 1998-05-13 | 上海市肿瘤研究所 | Gene transfer carrier structured by polypeptide in conjunction with growth factor receptor |
GB9623051D0 (en) * | 1996-11-06 | 1997-01-08 | Schacht Etienne H | Delivery of DNA to target cells in biological systems |
US6797276B1 (en) | 1996-11-14 | 2004-09-28 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army | Use of penetration enhancers and barrier disruption agents to enhance the transcutaneous immune response |
US20060002949A1 (en) | 1996-11-14 | 2006-01-05 | Army Govt. Of The Usa, As Rep. By Secretary Of The Office Of The Command Judge Advocate, Hq Usamrmc. | Transcutaneous immunization without heterologous adjuvant |
US5925628A (en) * | 1997-03-31 | 1999-07-20 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5912239A (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 1999-06-15 | Genzyme Corporation | Imidazole-containing cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5948925A (en) * | 1997-05-06 | 1999-09-07 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing linkers derived from neutral or positively charged amino acids |
US5952516A (en) * | 1997-05-08 | 1999-09-14 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing multiplesteroid lipophilic groups |
US5942634A (en) * | 1997-05-09 | 1999-08-24 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for cell transfections |
TW586934B (en) * | 1997-05-19 | 2004-05-11 | Sumitomo Pharma | Immunopotentiating composition |
US6818627B1 (en) | 1997-08-14 | 2004-11-16 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Functional fragments of HIV-1 Vpr protein and methods of using the same |
CA2309228A1 (en) | 1997-11-28 | 1999-06-10 | Genset S.A. | Chlamydia trachomatis genomic sequence and polypeptides, fragments thereof and uses thereof, in particular for the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of infection |
BR9907269A (en) | 1998-01-30 | 2001-04-03 | Aventis Pharma Sa | Nucleic acid transfer agent, composition, use of a transfer agent, and nucleic acid transfer processes in cells, preparation of a composition and treatment of diseases. |
FR2774394B1 (en) * | 1998-01-30 | 2002-04-26 | Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa | TRANSFECTANT COMPOUNDS SENSITIVE TO REDUCING CONDITIONS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM, AND THEIR APPLICATIONS |
CA2322160C (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2013-01-29 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Vaccines, immunotherapeutics and methods for using the same |
WO1999052858A2 (en) * | 1998-04-08 | 1999-10-21 | Celltech Therapeutics Limited | Lipids |
EP1254961A1 (en) * | 1998-05-06 | 2002-11-06 | Transgene S.A. | Improvments in gene therapy using compositions comprising a polynucleotide and interleukin-10 |
EP0963758A3 (en) * | 1998-05-07 | 2000-03-22 | Universiteit Gent | Synthetic polyaminoacid complexes for delivery of nucleic acids to target cells |
US6596699B2 (en) | 1998-09-22 | 2003-07-22 | Biosurface Engineering Technologies, Inc. | Nucleic acid coating compositions and methods |
PT1129064E (en) | 1998-11-12 | 2008-01-31 | Invitrogen Corp | Transfection reagents |
US7148324B1 (en) | 1998-12-14 | 2006-12-12 | Dendreon Corporation | Compositions and methods for enhancement of major histocompatibility complex class I restricted antigen presentation |
JP2002532514A (en) * | 1998-12-14 | 2002-10-02 | デンドレオン コーポレイション | Compositions and methods for enhancing major histocompatibility complex class I restricted antigen presentation |
EP1140202A1 (en) * | 1998-12-24 | 2001-10-10 | Ucb S.A. | Peptidic product, process and composition |
CA2361201A1 (en) * | 1999-01-28 | 2000-08-03 | Medical College Of Georgia Research Institute, Inc. | Composition and method for in vivo and in vitro attenuation of gene expression using double stranded rna |
WO2000063364A2 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2000-10-26 | American Home Products Corporation | Methods and compositions for inhibiting the function of polynucleotide sequences |
DE60044247D1 (en) * | 1999-04-30 | 2010-06-02 | Inst Rech S Cliniques De Montr | HUMANE CD80 MUTANT AND COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE PRODUCTION AND USE THEREOF |
AUPQ014699A0 (en) * | 1999-05-04 | 1999-05-27 | Access Pharmaceuticals Australia Pty Limited | Amplification of folate-mediated targeting to tumor cells using nanoparticles |
AUPQ014799A0 (en) * | 1999-05-04 | 1999-05-27 | Access Pharmaceuticals Australia Pty Limited | Amplification of folate-mediated targeting to tumor cells using polymers |
US6565528B1 (en) | 1999-05-07 | 2003-05-20 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Apparatus and method for delivering therapeutic and diagnostic agents |
US7147633B2 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2006-12-12 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treatment of atrial fibrillation |
WO2000072908A1 (en) | 1999-06-02 | 2000-12-07 | Microheart, Inc. | Devices and methods for delivering a drug |
GB9914045D0 (en) * | 1999-06-16 | 1999-08-18 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Novel compounds |
GB9914085D0 (en) * | 1999-06-16 | 1999-08-18 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | New use |
GB9918670D0 (en) | 1999-08-06 | 1999-10-13 | Celltech Therapeutics Ltd | Biological product |
AU7105300A (en) | 1999-09-03 | 2001-04-10 | Lifebeam Technologies, Inc. | Optical system for rapid polymer analysis |
US6312474B1 (en) | 1999-09-15 | 2001-11-06 | Bio-Vascular, Inc. | Resorbable implant materials |
WO2001041784A1 (en) * | 1999-12-09 | 2001-06-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods and compositions for use in the treatment of filovirus mediated disease conditions |
US6933108B2 (en) | 1999-12-09 | 2005-08-23 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods and compositions for use in the treatment of filovirus mediated disease conditions |
KR100863823B1 (en) * | 1999-12-22 | 2008-10-15 | 더 트러스티스 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 펜실바니아 | Cosmid DNA Constructs and Methods of Making and Using the Same |
EP1242609A2 (en) * | 1999-12-30 | 2002-09-25 | Novartis AG | Novel colloid synthetic vectors for gene therapy |
US7355019B2 (en) * | 2000-06-06 | 2008-04-08 | Sibtech, Inc. | Cysteine-containing peptide tag for site-specific conjugation of proteins |
DK1301637T3 (en) * | 2000-07-14 | 2008-09-29 | Univ Pennsylvania | DNA vaccines encoding HIV accessory proteins |
WO2002010410A1 (en) * | 2000-07-27 | 2002-02-07 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Compositions for and methods of using herpes simplex virus glycoprotein d to suppress immune responses |
JP2004510714A (en) * | 2000-10-04 | 2004-04-08 | ザ・トラスティーズ・オブ・ザ・ユニバーシティ・オブ・ペンシルベニア | Compositions and methods using capsid proteins from flaviviruses and pestiviruses |
US6902933B2 (en) * | 2000-11-03 | 2005-06-07 | Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Surface transfection and expression procedure |
US6897067B2 (en) * | 2000-11-03 | 2005-05-24 | Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Surface transfection and expression procedure |
KR20030093185A (en) * | 2000-11-03 | 2003-12-06 | 리젠츠 오브 더 유니버시티 오브 미시간 | Surface Transfection and Expression Procedure |
US20020188023A1 (en) * | 2000-12-12 | 2002-12-12 | Michael Jorgensen | Compound |
US20070128229A1 (en) * | 2002-04-12 | 2007-06-07 | Wyeth | Surface proteins of Streptococcus pyogenes |
EP1421098A4 (en) * | 2001-04-13 | 2006-03-15 | Wyeth Corp | Surface proteins of streptococcus pyogenes |
WO2002083855A2 (en) | 2001-04-16 | 2002-10-24 | Wyeth Holdings Corporation | Novel streptococcus pneumoniae open reading frames encoding polypeptide antigens and uses thereof |
GB0120022D0 (en) * | 2001-08-16 | 2001-10-10 | Photobiotics Ltd | Conjugate |
MX339524B (en) | 2001-10-11 | 2016-05-30 | Wyeth Corp | Novel immunogenic compositions for the prevention and treatment of meningococcal disease. |
AU2002348163A1 (en) * | 2001-11-02 | 2003-05-19 | Intradigm Corporation | Therapeutic methods for nucleic acid delivery vehicles |
AU2002366809A1 (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2003-07-09 | Schering-Plough Corporation | Syn3 compositions and methods |
US7026166B2 (en) * | 2002-01-22 | 2006-04-11 | Chiron Corporation | Fluorogenic dyes |
US7461046B2 (en) * | 2002-02-07 | 2008-12-02 | The University Of Utah Research Foundation | Method for creating and using a treatment protocol |
US20050222064A1 (en) * | 2002-02-20 | 2005-10-06 | Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. | Polycationic compositions for cellular delivery of polynucleotides |
IL163988A0 (en) | 2002-03-15 | 2005-12-18 | Wyeth Corp | Mutants of the p4 protein of nontypable haemophilus influenzae with reduced enzymatic activity |
US20040180438A1 (en) * | 2002-04-26 | 2004-09-16 | Pachuk Catherine J. | Methods and compositions for silencing genes without inducing toxicity |
CA2385110A1 (en) * | 2002-05-06 | 2003-11-06 | University Of British Columbia | Co-expression system for large functional proteins |
AU2003266014B2 (en) * | 2002-05-06 | 2009-05-14 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for delivery of nucleic acids |
AU2003221581A1 (en) * | 2002-05-06 | 2003-11-17 | University Of British Columbia | Expression system for large functional proteins |
WO2004011624A2 (en) * | 2002-07-31 | 2004-02-05 | Nucleonics, Inc. | Double stranded rna structures and constructs, and methods for generating and using the same |
US7785608B2 (en) | 2002-08-30 | 2010-08-31 | Wyeth Holdings Corporation | Immunogenic compositions for the prevention and treatment of meningococcal disease |
US7144588B2 (en) | 2003-01-17 | 2006-12-05 | Synovis Life Technologies, Inc. | Method of preventing surgical adhesions |
US7704756B2 (en) * | 2003-01-21 | 2010-04-27 | Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. | Fluorogenic dyes |
SI1592457T1 (en) * | 2003-01-27 | 2012-12-31 | Endocyte, Inc. | Folate-vinblastine conjugate as medicament |
AU2004245995A1 (en) * | 2003-06-04 | 2004-12-16 | Canji, Inc. | Transfection agents |
CN101396555A (en) | 2003-06-04 | 2009-04-01 | 坎基股份有限公司 | Methods and compositions for interferon therapy |
AU2004263832B2 (en) | 2003-06-12 | 2010-07-01 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Conserved HBV and HCV sequences useful for gene silencing |
US20060222657A1 (en) * | 2003-06-20 | 2006-10-05 | Dowdy Steven F | Polypeptide transduction and fusogenic peptides |
CA2536026A1 (en) * | 2003-08-22 | 2005-05-06 | Nucleonics Inc. | Eukariotic expression systems for expression of inhibitory rna in multiple intracellular compartments |
US20090123468A1 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2009-05-14 | Gencia Corporation | Transducible polypeptides for modifying metabolism |
US8507277B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2013-08-13 | Gencia Corporation | Nonviral vectors for delivering polynucleotides |
US20090208478A1 (en) * | 2003-10-24 | 2009-08-20 | Gencia Corporation | Transducible polypeptides for modifying metabolism |
US8133733B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2012-03-13 | Gencia Corporation | Nonviral vectors for delivering polynucleotides to target tissues |
US8062891B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2011-11-22 | Gencia Corporation | Nonviral vectors for delivering polynucleotides to plants |
ES2411962T3 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2013-07-09 | Gencia Corporation | Methods and compositions for delivering polynucleotides |
US7740861B2 (en) * | 2004-06-16 | 2010-06-22 | University Of Massachusetts | Drug delivery product and methods |
TW200613554A (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2006-05-01 | Wyeth Corp | Plasmid having three complete transcriptional units and immunogenic compositions for inducing an immune response to HIV |
EP2169072A1 (en) | 2004-08-23 | 2010-03-31 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc | Multiple RNA polymerase III promoter expression constructs |
ATE536175T1 (en) * | 2004-09-17 | 2011-12-15 | Univ Massachusetts | COMPOSITIONS AND THEIR USES IN LYSOSOMAL ENZYME DISORDERS |
CA2824308A1 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2006-04-06 | Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Targeting opposite strand replication intermediates of single-stranded viruses by rnai |
CA2583121A1 (en) | 2004-10-21 | 2007-01-04 | Wyeth | Immunogenic compositions of staphylococcus epidermidis polypeptide antigens |
WO2006069064A2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2006-06-29 | Nucleonics, Inc. | Conserved hbv and hcv sequences useful for gene silencing |
US20090182019A1 (en) * | 2005-04-18 | 2009-07-16 | The Johns Hopkins University | Histone deacetylase inhibitors |
US20070087045A1 (en) * | 2005-10-14 | 2007-04-19 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Lipid carrier and method of preparing the same |
JP5489462B2 (en) * | 2005-10-24 | 2014-05-14 | ユニバーシティ オブ マサチューセッツ | Compositions for gene therapy of bone pathology and methods of use thereof |
EP1981905B1 (en) | 2006-01-16 | 2016-08-31 | THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA as represented by THE SECRETARY OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES | Chlamydia vaccine |
AU2007234698B2 (en) | 2006-04-07 | 2013-08-01 | The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System | Methods and compositions related to adenoassociated virus-phage particles |
DK2094086T3 (en) | 2006-11-08 | 2013-11-25 | Veritas Bio LLC | SUBMITTING IN VIVO OF DOUBLE-STRENGTH RNA TO A TARGET CELL |
EP1935434A1 (en) * | 2006-12-19 | 2008-06-25 | Novosom AG | Construction and use of transfection enhancer elements |
AR064642A1 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2009-04-15 | Wyeth Corp | POLINUCLEOTIDE VECTOR THAT INCLUDES IT RECOMBINATING CELL THAT UNDERSTANDS THE VECTOR POLYPEPTIDE, ANTIBODY, COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS THE POLINUCLEOTIDE, VECTOR, RECOMBINATING CELL POLYPEPTIDE OR ANTIBODY, USE OF THE COMPOSITION AND A COMPOSITION AND A METHOD |
AU2007337897A1 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2008-07-03 | Imuthes Limited | Lipids and their use as non-viral delivery vehicle |
EP2111218B1 (en) * | 2007-01-24 | 2014-07-02 | Syddansk Universitet | Dna controlled assembly of lipid membranes |
WO2008115641A2 (en) * | 2007-02-15 | 2008-09-25 | Yale University | Modular nanoparticles for adaptable vaccines |
US10265407B2 (en) | 2007-02-15 | 2019-04-23 | Yale University | Modular nanodevices for smart adaptable vaccines |
US20100151436A1 (en) * | 2007-03-02 | 2010-06-17 | Fong Peter M | Methods for Ex Vivo Administration of Drugs to Grafts Using Polymeric Nanoparticles |
EP2494993B1 (en) * | 2007-05-04 | 2018-08-01 | Marina Biotech, Inc. | Amino acid lipids and uses thereof |
WO2008138072A1 (en) * | 2007-05-16 | 2008-11-20 | Mat Malta Advanced Technologies Limited | Treatment and prevention of influenza |
US7973019B1 (en) | 2007-10-03 | 2011-07-05 | Alcon Research, Ltd. | Transferrin/transferrin receptor-mediated siRNA delivery |
EP2222283A2 (en) * | 2007-10-29 | 2010-09-01 | University of Massachusetts | Yeast cell wall protein (ycwp) encapsulated multilayered nanoparticles for nucleic acid delivery (sirna) |
US7928189B2 (en) * | 2008-05-05 | 2011-04-19 | Ottawa Health Research Institute | PCSK9 polypeptide fragment |
RU2010151562A (en) | 2008-06-20 | 2012-07-27 | ВАЙЕТ ЭлЭлСи (US) | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF APPLICATION OF ORF1358 FROM BETA-HEMOLYTIC STRAPTOCOK STRAINS |
WO2010008582A2 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2010-01-21 | Rxi Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Phagocytic cell drug delivery system |
JP2011529912A (en) * | 2008-07-31 | 2011-12-15 | エンゾン ファーマシューティカルズ,インコーポレーテッド | Nanoparticle compositions for nucleic acid delivery systems |
CA2746527A1 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2010-03-25 | Rxi Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Rna interference in skin indications |
JP2012508174A (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2012-04-05 | ワイス・エルエルシー | Multi-component immunogenic composition for preventing β-hemolytic streptococci (BHS) disease |
US9493774B2 (en) | 2009-01-05 | 2016-11-15 | Rxi Pharmaceuticals Corporation | Inhibition of PCSK9 through RNAi |
JP5711149B2 (en) | 2009-01-13 | 2015-04-30 | ステムバイオス テクノロジーズ,インコーポレイテッド | Non-embryonic stem cells and uses thereof |
JP5802195B2 (en) | 2009-04-27 | 2015-10-28 | オタワ ホスピタル リサーチ インスティチュート | Compositions and methods for modulating stem cells and uses thereof |
JP5883381B2 (en) | 2009-05-05 | 2016-03-15 | ミラゲン セラピューティクス,インコーポレイテッド | Lipophilic polynucleotide conjugate |
NZ597078A (en) | 2009-06-08 | 2013-11-29 | Miragen Therapeutics | CHEMICAL MODIFICATION MOTIFS FOR miRNA INHIBITORS AND MIMETICS |
WO2011084721A2 (en) * | 2009-12-21 | 2011-07-14 | Agave Pharma Inc | Cationic molecule and method of use |
TWI542691B (en) | 2010-08-04 | 2016-07-21 | 幹細胞生物科技公司 | Somatic stem cells |
PL3246044T5 (en) | 2010-08-23 | 2024-06-17 | Wyeth Llc | Stable formulations of neisseria meningitidis rlp2086 antigens |
ES2728282T3 (en) | 2010-09-10 | 2019-10-23 | Wyeth Llc | Non-lipidated variants of ORF2086 antigens from Neisseria meningitidis |
JP5995855B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2016-09-21 | ミラゲン セラピューティクス,インコーポレイテッド | Base-modified oligonucleotide |
US8741640B2 (en) | 2010-11-24 | 2014-06-03 | Hong Gao | Expanding hematopoietic stem cells |
US8642751B2 (en) | 2010-12-15 | 2014-02-04 | Miragen Therapeutics | MicroRNA inhibitors comprising locked nucleotides |
US10131905B2 (en) | 2011-04-12 | 2018-11-20 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center | Micro-RNA inhibitors and their uses in disease |
WO2013037065A1 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2013-03-21 | Ottawa Hospital Research Institute | Microrna inhibitors |
AU2012321103B2 (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2016-05-12 | Ottawa Hospital Research Institute | Wnt7a compositions and methods of using the same |
CN103998462A (en) | 2011-09-16 | 2014-08-20 | 菲特治疗公司 | Wnt compositions and therapeutic uses of such compositions |
TWI614340B (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2018-02-11 | 幹細胞生物科技股份有限公司 | Somatic stem cells and method of preparing same |
WO2013051718A1 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2013-04-11 | 国立大学法人三重大学 | Chimeric antigen receptor |
SA115360586B1 (en) | 2012-03-09 | 2017-04-12 | فايزر انك | Neisseria meningitidis compositions and methods thereof |
RU2665841C2 (en) | 2012-03-09 | 2018-09-04 | Пфайзер Инк. | Neisseria meningitidis compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP2841098A4 (en) | 2012-04-23 | 2016-03-02 | Allertein Therapeutics Llc | Nanoparticles for treatment of allergy |
MX355408B (en) | 2012-06-21 | 2018-04-18 | Miragen Therapeutics Inc | Oligonucleotide-based inhibitors comprising locked nucleic acid motif. |
EP2956473A4 (en) * | 2013-02-15 | 2016-07-20 | New York Blood Ct Inc | Oligomeric influenza immunogenic compositions |
CA2903716C (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2019-04-09 | Pfizer Inc. | Immunogenic fusion polypeptides |
EP2970968B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-01-10 | Miragen Therapeutics, Inc. | Bridged bicyclic nucleosides |
CA2902623A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | MiRagen Therapeutics, Inc. | Locked nucleic acid inhibitor of mir-145 and uses thereof |
EP2981285B1 (en) | 2013-04-03 | 2020-06-03 | N-Fold Llc | Novel nanoparticle compositions |
US9428748B2 (en) | 2013-06-17 | 2016-08-30 | Hong Gao | Method of expanding hematopoietic stem cells |
RU2662968C2 (en) | 2013-09-08 | 2018-07-31 | Пфайзер Инк. | Immunogenic composition for neisseria meningitidis (options) |
CA2930693A1 (en) | 2013-11-15 | 2015-05-21 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior Unversity | Methods of treating heart failure with agonists of hypocretin receptor 2 |
WO2015074010A2 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2015-05-21 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Compositions and methods for cardiac regeneration |
CN106572974B (en) | 2014-07-15 | 2021-04-23 | 生命技术公司 | Compositions and methods having lipid aggregates for efficient delivery of molecules to cells |
AR101449A1 (en) | 2014-08-04 | 2016-12-21 | Miragen Therapeutics Inc | MYH7B INHIBITORS AND USES OF THE SAME |
CN107108685B (en) | 2014-09-08 | 2020-10-20 | 米拉根医疗股份有限公司 | MiR-29 mimetics and uses thereof |
MX2017009427A (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2017-10-02 | Miragen Therapeutics Inc | Mir-92 inhibitors and uses thereof. |
RU2723045C2 (en) | 2015-02-19 | 2020-06-08 | Пфайзер Инк. | Compositions of neisseria meningitidis and methods for preparation thereof |
US10624964B2 (en) | 2015-05-01 | 2020-04-21 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Methods and compositions for stimulating immune response using potent immunostimulatory RNA motifs |
EP3303590A4 (en) | 2015-06-05 | 2019-01-02 | Miragen Therapeutics, Inc. | Mir-155 inhibitors for treating cutaneous t cell lymphoma (ctcl) |
CA2995036A1 (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-02-09 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Tunable endogenous protein degradation |
CA3005434A1 (en) | 2015-11-16 | 2017-05-26 | Ohio State Innovation Foundation | Methods and compositions for treating disorders and diseases using survival motor neuron (smn) protein |
US11052111B2 (en) | 2015-12-08 | 2021-07-06 | Chimera Bioengineering, Inc. | Smart CAR devices and DE CAR polypeptides for treating disease and methods for enhancing immune responses |
WO2017157950A1 (en) | 2016-03-15 | 2017-09-21 | Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität | Light inducible antisense oligonucleotides for in vivo application |
UY37376A (en) | 2016-08-26 | 2018-03-23 | Amgen Inc | ARNI CONSTRUCTIONS TO INHIBIT EXPRESSION OF ASGR1 AND METHODS FOR USE |
CN110121352B (en) | 2016-09-01 | 2020-12-11 | 嵌合体生物工程公司 | GOLD-optimized CAR T-cells |
ES2659845B1 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2019-01-04 | Univ Valencia | Modulation of microRNAs against myotonic dystrophy type 1 and antagonists of microRNAs for this |
CN110582302A (en) | 2016-12-14 | 2019-12-17 | 利甘达尔股份有限公司 | Compositions and methods for nucleic acid and/or protein payload delivery |
PE20191107A1 (en) | 2017-01-31 | 2019-08-26 | Pfizer | COMPOSITIONS OF NEISSERIA MENINGITIDIS AND RESPECTIVE METHODS |
CA3053006C (en) | 2017-02-08 | 2023-09-05 | Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. | Regulating chimeric antigen receptors |
AR113490A1 (en) | 2017-12-12 | 2020-05-06 | Amgen Inc | RNAi CONSTRUCTIONS TO INHIBIT THE EXPRESSION OF PNPLA3 AND METHODS OF USE OF THE SAME |
KR20200131287A (en) | 2018-03-14 | 2020-11-23 | 베스 이스라엘 데코니스 메디칼 센터 | Inhibitors of micro-RNA 22 |
EP3790896A1 (en) | 2018-05-07 | 2021-03-17 | Children's Hospital Medical Center | Chimeric polypeptides, nucleic acid molecules, cells, and related methods |
SG11202105900UA (en) | 2018-12-10 | 2021-07-29 | Amgen Inc | CHEMICALLY-MODIFIED RNAi CONSTRUCTS AND USES THEREOF |
AR117297A1 (en) | 2018-12-10 | 2021-07-28 | Amgen Inc | ARNI CONSTRUCTS TO INHIBIT THE EXPRESSION OF PNPLA3 AND METHODS OF USE OF THEM |
WO2020213724A1 (en) | 2019-04-19 | 2020-10-22 | 中外製薬株式会社 | Chimeric receptor recognizing modification site of antibody |
UY38733A (en) | 2019-05-30 | 2020-11-30 | Amgen Inc | ARNI CONSTRUCTIONS TO INHIBIT THE EXPRESSION OF SCAP AND METHODS OF USING THEM |
EP4023230A4 (en) | 2019-06-05 | 2023-11-15 | Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Antibody cleavage site-binding molecule |
US10501404B1 (en) | 2019-07-30 | 2019-12-10 | Factor Bioscience Inc. | Cationic lipids and transfection methods |
US20220340911A1 (en) | 2019-08-13 | 2022-10-27 | Amgen Inc. | Rnai constructs for inhibiting slc30a8 expression and methods of use thereof |
EP4073252A1 (en) | 2019-12-09 | 2022-10-19 | Amgen Inc. | Rnai constructs and methods for inhibiting lpa expression |
US20230088509A1 (en) | 2020-05-20 | 2023-03-23 | St. Jude Children's Research Hospital | Detection of alzheimer's disease using specific biomarkers |
KR20240004092A (en) | 2020-06-01 | 2024-01-11 | 암젠 인크 | RNAI constructs and methods of using the same to inhibit HSD17B13 expression |
EP3929295A1 (en) | 2020-06-26 | 2021-12-29 | Universitat Pompeu Fabra | Artificial rnas for modulating rna fragments |
CN116194124A (en) | 2020-07-31 | 2023-05-30 | 中外制药株式会社 | Pharmaceutical composition comprising cells expressing chimeric receptors |
CN116194119A (en) | 2020-08-13 | 2023-05-30 | 美国安进公司 | RNAi constructs and methods for inhibiting MARC1 expression |
CN116456990A (en) | 2020-11-05 | 2023-07-18 | 美国安进公司 | Methods of treating atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease with RNAi constructs targeting LPA |
JPWO2022196719A1 (en) | 2021-03-17 | 2022-09-22 | ||
US20240366666A1 (en) | 2021-04-08 | 2024-11-07 | Phosphogam, Llc | Methods and compositions for enhancing the cytotoxicity of gamma/delta-t cells |
WO2023278295A1 (en) | 2021-06-29 | 2023-01-05 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Compositions and methods for ameliorating anterodorsal thalamus hyperexcitability |
AU2022314055A1 (en) | 2021-07-19 | 2024-02-08 | New York University | Adeno-associated viral vector compositions and methods of promoting muscle regeneration |
CN118556125A (en) | 2021-10-05 | 2024-08-27 | 美国安进公司 | Compositions and methods for enhancing gene silencing activity of oligonucleotide compounds |
EP4419682A2 (en) | 2021-10-22 | 2024-08-28 | Amgen Inc. | Rnai constructs for inhibiting gpam expression and methods of use thereof |
EP4269586A1 (en) | 2022-04-29 | 2023-11-01 | Johann-Wolfgang-Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main | Targeting micro rna for treatment of heart failure with preserved ejection fraction (hfpef) |
US20240084301A1 (en) | 2022-07-25 | 2024-03-14 | Amgen Inc. | Rnai constructs and methods for inhibiting fam13a expression |
EP4353823A1 (en) | 2022-10-12 | 2024-04-17 | Resalis Therapeutics S.r.l. | Inhibitors of micro-rna 22 |
WO2024130142A2 (en) | 2022-12-16 | 2024-06-20 | Amgen Inc. | Rnai constructs for inhibiting ttr expression and methods of use thereof |
Citations (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5108921A (en) * | 1989-04-03 | 1992-04-28 | Purdue Research Foundation | Method for enhanced transmembrane transport of exogenous molecules |
US5166320A (en) * | 1987-04-22 | 1992-11-24 | University Of Connecticut | Carrier system and method for the introduction of genes into mammalian cells |
US5171678A (en) * | 1989-04-17 | 1992-12-15 | Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique | Lipopolyamines, their preparation and their use |
US5283185A (en) * | 1991-08-28 | 1994-02-01 | University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Method for delivering nucleic acids into cells |
US5614503A (en) * | 1993-11-12 | 1997-03-25 | Aronex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Amphipathic nucleic acid transporter |
US5650096A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1997-07-22 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5719131A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-02-17 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing dialkylamine lipophilic groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5747471A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-05-05 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing steroid lipophilic groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5767099A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-06-16 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing amino acid or dervatized amino acid groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5783565A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-07-21 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing spermine or spermidine cationic group for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5910487A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1999-06-08 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles and plasmids for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5912239A (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 1999-06-15 | Genzyme Corporation | Imidazole-containing cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5925628A (en) * | 1997-03-31 | 1999-07-20 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5935936A (en) * | 1996-06-03 | 1999-08-10 | Genzyme Corporation | Compositions comprising cationic amphiphiles and co-lipids for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5942634A (en) * | 1997-05-09 | 1999-08-24 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for cell transfections |
US5948767A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1999-09-07 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphile/DNA complexes |
US5981273A (en) * | 1991-09-30 | 1999-11-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int'l. Gmbh | Composition comprising an endosomolytic agent for introducing nucleic acid complexes into higher eucaryotic cells |
Family Cites Families (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0188574A1 (en) * | 1984-07-20 | 1986-07-30 | Worcester Foundation For Experimental Biology | Retroviral vaccines and vectors and methods for their construction |
ATE277193T1 (en) * | 1989-03-21 | 2004-10-15 | Vical Inc | EXPRESSION OF EXOGENEOUS POLYNUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCES IN VERTEBRATES |
AU5356490A (en) * | 1989-04-03 | 1990-11-05 | Purdue Research Foundation | Method for enhancing transmembrane transport of exogenous molecules |
US5264618A (en) * | 1990-04-19 | 1993-11-23 | Vical, Inc. | Cationic lipids for intracellular delivery of biologically active molecules |
CA2092323A1 (en) * | 1990-10-01 | 1992-04-02 | George Y. Wu | Targeting viruses and cells for selective internalization by cells |
NZ244306A (en) * | 1991-09-30 | 1995-07-26 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | Composition for introducing nucleic acid complexes into eucaryotic cells, complex containing nucleic acid and endosomolytic agent, peptide with endosomolytic domain and nucleic acid binding domain and preparation |
WO1993019768A1 (en) * | 1992-04-03 | 1993-10-14 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Self-assembling polynucleotide delivery system |
EP0646178A1 (en) * | 1992-06-04 | 1995-04-05 | The Regents Of The University Of California | expression cassette with regularoty regions functional in the mammmlian host |
US5284993A (en) * | 1992-09-21 | 1994-02-08 | Phillips Petroleum Company | Alkylation catalyst regeneration |
DK170396B1 (en) * | 1993-04-20 | 1995-08-21 | Topsoe Haldor As | Process for recovery of spent fluorinated sulfonic acid catalyst from an alkylation process |
DK171409B1 (en) * | 1994-03-10 | 1996-10-21 | Topsoe Haldor As | Process for recovery of alkylation catalysts |
US5837533A (en) * | 1994-09-28 | 1998-11-17 | American Home Products Corporation | Complexes comprising a nucleic acid bound to a cationic polyamine having an endosome disruption agent |
US6194625B1 (en) * | 1994-09-30 | 2001-02-27 | Stratco, Inc. | Alkylation by controlling olefin ratios |
DK26298A (en) * | 1998-02-27 | 1999-08-28 | Haldor Topsoe As | Process for the recovery of sulfonic acid ester from hydrocarbon stream |
-
1994
- 1994-09-28 US US08/314,060 patent/US5837533A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1995
- 1995-09-28 AT AT95935213T patent/ATE281468T1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1995-09-28 DE DE69533725T patent/DE69533725T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-09-28 WO PCT/US1995/012502 patent/WO1996010038A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 1995-09-28 JP JP51205296A patent/JP3925815B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1995-09-28 PT PT95935213T patent/PT789708E/en unknown
- 1995-09-28 EP EP95935213A patent/EP0789708B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-09-28 US US08/809,397 patent/US6127170A/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1995-09-28 ES ES95935213T patent/ES2231791T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1995-09-28 CA CA2201396A patent/CA2201396C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
1999
- 1999-10-22 US US09/425,597 patent/US6379965B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2001
- 2001-11-13 US US10/010,114 patent/US7202227B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2005
- 2005-06-29 US US11/170,539 patent/US20050239204A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5166320A (en) * | 1987-04-22 | 1992-11-24 | University Of Connecticut | Carrier system and method for the introduction of genes into mammalian cells |
US5108921A (en) * | 1989-04-03 | 1992-04-28 | Purdue Research Foundation | Method for enhanced transmembrane transport of exogenous molecules |
US5171678A (en) * | 1989-04-17 | 1992-12-15 | Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique | Lipopolyamines, their preparation and their use |
US5283185A (en) * | 1991-08-28 | 1994-02-01 | University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Method for delivering nucleic acids into cells |
US5981273A (en) * | 1991-09-30 | 1999-11-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int'l. Gmbh | Composition comprising an endosomolytic agent for introducing nucleic acid complexes into higher eucaryotic cells |
US5614503A (en) * | 1993-11-12 | 1997-03-25 | Aronex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Amphipathic nucleic acid transporter |
US5767099A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-06-16 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing amino acid or dervatized amino acid groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5747471A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-05-05 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing steroid lipophilic groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5719131A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-02-17 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing dialkylamine lipophilic groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5783565A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-07-21 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing spermine or spermidine cationic group for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5840710A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1998-11-24 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles containing ester or ether-linked lipophilic groups for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5910487A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1999-06-08 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles and plasmids for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5948767A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1999-09-07 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphile/DNA complexes |
US5650096A (en) * | 1994-12-09 | 1997-07-22 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5935936A (en) * | 1996-06-03 | 1999-08-10 | Genzyme Corporation | Compositions comprising cationic amphiphiles and co-lipids for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5925628A (en) * | 1997-03-31 | 1999-07-20 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5912239A (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 1999-06-15 | Genzyme Corporation | Imidazole-containing cationic amphiphiles for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules |
US5942634A (en) * | 1997-05-09 | 1999-08-24 | Genzyme Corporation | Cationic amphiphiles for cell transfections |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20110207799A1 (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2011-08-25 | Roche Madison Inc. | Compositions for Targeted Delivery of siRNA |
WO2011104169A1 (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2011-09-01 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Compositions for targeted delivery of sirna |
US8313772B2 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2012-11-20 | Arrowhead Madison Inc. | Compositions for targeted delivery of siRNA |
CN102869774A (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2013-01-09 | 箭头研究公司 | Compositions for targeted delivery of sirna |
AP3284A (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2015-05-31 | Arrowhead Res Corp | Compositions for targeted delivery of SIRNA |
US9345775B2 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2016-05-24 | Arrowhead Madison Inc. | Compositions for targeted delivery of siRNA |
EP3023495A1 (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2016-05-25 | Arrowhead Research Corporation | Compositions for targeted delivery of sirna |
EA024534B1 (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2016-09-30 | Эрроухэд Рисерч Корпорейшн | CONJUGATE DELIVERY SYSTEM AND COMPOSITION FOR TARGETED DELIVERY OF SMALL INTERFERING RNA (siRNA) AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE COMPOSITION |
US10316316B2 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2019-06-11 | Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compositions for targeted delivery of siRNA |
US20240150409A1 (en) * | 2011-10-07 | 2024-05-09 | Isd Immunotech Aps | Identification and Attenuation of the Immunosuppressive Domains in Fusion Proteins of Enveloped RNA Viruses |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US5837533A (en) | 1998-11-17 |
JPH10506901A (en) | 1998-07-07 |
CA2201396A1 (en) | 1996-04-04 |
JP3925815B2 (en) | 2007-06-06 |
EP0789708A1 (en) | 1997-08-20 |
US20020155607A1 (en) | 2002-10-24 |
DE69533725T2 (en) | 2005-03-17 |
AU704796B2 (en) | 1999-05-06 |
US20040214328A9 (en) | 2004-10-28 |
WO1996010038A1 (en) | 1996-04-04 |
ES2231791T3 (en) | 2005-05-16 |
AU3731795A (en) | 1996-04-19 |
PT789708E (en) | 2005-03-31 |
US6127170A (en) | 2000-10-03 |
CA2201396C (en) | 2010-08-24 |
US6379965B1 (en) | 2002-04-30 |
DE69533725D1 (en) | 2004-12-09 |
EP0789708B1 (en) | 2004-11-03 |
US7202227B2 (en) | 2007-04-10 |
EP0789708A4 (en) | 1999-12-29 |
ATE281468T1 (en) | 2004-11-15 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6379965B1 (en) | Multifunctional complexes for gene transfer into cells comprising a nucleic acid bound to a polyamine and having an endosome disruption agent | |
Midoux et al. | Specific gene transfer mediated by lactosylated poly-L-lysine into hepatoma cells | |
US8304234B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for delivery of genetic material | |
US5962428A (en) | Compositions and methods for delivery of genetic material | |
US6197755B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for delivery of genetic material | |
US5981505A (en) | Compositions and methods for delivery of genetic material | |
EP1019365B1 (en) | Novel compositions for the delivery of negatively charged molecules | |
AU781356B2 (en) | Viral core protein-cationic lipid-nucleic acid-delivery complexes | |
US7662629B2 (en) | Peptide scaffolds for transfer of molecules into eukaryotic cells | |
US20030130186A1 (en) | Conjugates and compositions for cellular delivery | |
CA2260029A1 (en) | Cationic amphiphile compositions for intracellular delivery of therapeutic molecules | |
US6281371B1 (en) | Lipopolyamines, and the preparation and use thereof | |
US7001759B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for delivery of genetic material | |
AU704796C (en) | Multifunctional molecular complexes for gene transfer to cells | |
AU1750400A (en) | Method for the immobilization of oligonucleotides | |
Raulin | Recent Developments in Lipid Drugs | |
US20050153926A1 (en) | Method for the immobilization of oligonucleotides | |
EP1257298B1 (en) | Cosmid dna constructs and methods of making and using the same | |
WO2000012114A1 (en) | Peptide scaffolds for transfer of molecules into eukaryotic cells | |
AU2004212553A1 (en) | Method for the immobilization of oligonucleotides |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |